Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
1977
a 4 7"In J I t h ! ~ y t 1 5Yf} r ~1k ♦s~ _ ~t f >l~ pyt,r 1 t ,~C s.l fi r Y{,~lv rr Y L i n) r I. " ,j~ ) r• ~'t d e ~ + u a ~ l , Y 1y ~ k Y ~ ~ ' ~ r , t 'F r r ~t~'~' r/ ~ *1l F~ei b. ,.t ortv ( 1 J, l t~ ! : .i 1 Y Y. r Gy4 ~ L Y 'L . r ~'r ~S 1' 5~ , it { V 1 1 ' I ~r Y, Y F k i ~ W' l L I , TM~IrY~Az ~~lly~b~~ + f 5M w7 :f E 'g ~v Vn~' if C r~ ~ ~Y; '~kp~j'} ti~sL 1~ r 'Y rr d. ( S ~d. L:.. ' '~t' s 2 s + 3ti Y rr "1 crs L I r F ' ti' PW r art : ,er F~ M MPNOIPICiATIRAN0 A140 C0IYr'~liACY !i ov co is 4 rv t" 1 ~I~r LN"Y, a. 1M~ rr Syr ! l ii o` w p , t ~ r t x. $ 1 i (r t.. LG ~ i t 1.,$ 01, ( r . `r AuNhio A L, .p , r(rr C)~ . f r r 5, ti ! S i K.' 3 a f rl Ft s t'L,7 x Y' l 4)$J5 .r J ih V c. , r! y L 1 Er#"Gik °.9t. 4. 1 $ ) 1 Y f f~ F Y' 1 Ir 4y 44 9Q. }t' Y 4l k 11 1 1 sov ~..f < y 5 n.: s Ir,y ' )1 ''..k~ rF.r a• rq .'4 a ry i' .Y~• r w r : s o r A i .yf C $ c ff~I 4 n pi , y ~J t 1 1 F RA~ lraurl,+•,+f kw ' . ~+.r ~ ~ Kn2~' l~ ~'Ji . s t 1 yl '^k' 'kA '~1~ r rr ter ~r k~ +,.g41+Y,fy r 9" A x ;tl vt i e . ! 1 q. L !Y. , I r M. 1S r s ? ,~y as I r 1 o t~ $iA L M ~I IC q « p + Y 'S ~Ly1 i ~;~ryry Y $I ~ :.t a r {{V'( p ~ - u ' ~ ' r a r" r jy. Awe t v~gKn ,r .'fF./ r .p ~4~~E w .r" ~i•+. li h..: 't $ dw ~~Y .1 d,y, mm Yj~v ~h. aY7 t}; IrYs t, I'e ~~33 r t e ~ f',~~,y 4Gr ~IS rlNfr~if c v. d'L'~ ~ t v ~4 t .r. 1 ~'J M Yj, i~lit r~L `F~yY~ G ^r ~t TI i,~ _ 1 tw"~ ! 1 r oyr i "~y.,° A d r'f r , t,5 a p( L~ r' #f1 A' rw' s5 VJ kt y ° 'iy,i w 1:`i k SY r~~ op S J w r m w' r Y1,. ►t{j Y'fia; 1 , i / ' dt t`~tl'F r'~' t~ r6 ]i °L ~ y M1F ` ~ u Y r<' i 77 tN r~'r L, r r~tisa f ~Pw-i tai ~.1l(w~ 0 d'. y~ aY N ^ v rr~ 7~+'J~ ' a : v ,f,, 4 r} $ f F r{ t . e~ .~r" itz~ h. p ~ ~'v dhF~l" r dv. , ?r~~l r 7 Y 1 : ~r! I q,p t k4` *..F W,i ~Tiy1P $ F riE ~ .k~W"•i.,,( rY n~ A' 30 . r r~ 'r~ r (~r~~'m "''4 (1t.. d ~~IY' ~ t ~ L'H• ~ e ; F,r ~ ;Z is _ CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS DENTON MUNICIPAL AIRPORT NORTH-SOU'I,H RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY F"}TENSION CHANCE ORDER NO. 1 May 23, 1978 1. INTENT OF CHANGE ORDER The intent of this Change Order fa to modify the provisions of the contract entered into by the City of Denton and Marriott Brothers, Inc. , Dallas, Texas, 75229, for the construction of Denton Municipal A11300 Kline irport Improviee, rrnents, Phase II, North-South Runway and Taxiway Extension, dated October 11, 1977. If. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE The estimated quantity of excavation including the remaining axc~at~ n, relvindling and placing topsoil and all ditch work included in Field Change Order No. 1 is79,850 cubic yards. Original Estimated Quantity 60, 000 C. Y. Now Estimated Quantity 79' 850 C. Y. Increase In Quantity 19, 850 C. Y. III. F:FF~CT OF CHANGE Itam No. Descri ties Quantity Unit Price Amount i Unclassified Excavation + 190850 ~ C. Y. $1. 25 $ 24, 812. 50 Total N r Change - Change Order No. 1 (Add) $ 24, 812. 50 Original Contract Amount Change Order Vo. 1 $288, 725.00 .8 241 50 iiovised Contract }+mount $3130537,50 ,Q. t~ IV. AGREEMENT By the signatures below, duly authorized agents of the, City of Denton and Marriott Brothers, Inc. , do hereby agree to append this Cha.n3e Order No. 1 to the original contract between themselves dated October 11, 19774 MARRIOTT IIROTHE S, INC. CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS Contractor Owner DAYE DATE' 1 , 1 r CITY Or DENTON, TEXAS r r r Specifications And Contract Documents For The Construction OF 1 r r DENTON MUNICIPAL AIRPORT AIRPORT 'IMPROVEMENTS PHASE II 1 r 1 r e Prepared By r SHIMEK, JACOBS A FINKLEA Consulting Engineers Dallas, Texas August, 19)7 YMUNNOWNul CITY OF DENTON,, TEXAS MAYOR Elinor Hughes ' CITY COUNCIL Mary C. Gay ' Joe Mitchell gill Nash Richard 0. Stewart CITY MANAG :R Chris G. Hartung AIRPORT 80ARD I:HAIRMAN ' Wally Reed AIRPORT 80AkI1 MEMBERS Oran Crouch Nancy HUIdley Ed Moorehead Rolard Yela 0. Walston Gore Wright r - ' TABLE OF CONTEItTS A!A)ENDI. NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR PPOPOSAL AND BID SCHEDULE 1'P,,;(T1FICATION OF BIDDER REGAPDIN i EQUAL EMPIAYMENT OPPORTUNITY WATE RATES WAGE, LABOR# EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS SECTION A Federal Aviation Administration Requirements SECTION B SecrerAry of Labor Requirements SECTION C Equal Employment Opportunity Clause SECTION D Health and Safety Requirements SECTION E Air and Water Quality Standards STANDARD FORM OF AMEMENr ' MFORMANCE BOND PhYMENT BOND SPECIAL CONDITIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS r SECTION 110 SECTION DESCRIPTION . 14 Definition of Terms 20 Proposal Requirements and Conditions 30 Award and Execution of Contract 40 Scope of Work 5o Control of Work 60 Control of Materials 70 Legal Relations and Responsibility to Public SO Prosecution and Progress 90 Measurement and Payment TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION ITEM 0E18CRIPTION P-151 Clearing and Grubbing P-152 Excavation and rxr yaftent P-153 Watering P-154 Subbase ('Ours" P-155 Lime Treated Subgr,ule P-209 Crushed Aggregate Hare Course P-401 gitumincu2 £urface Course ,•,-602 Bituminous Prine Coat P-610 Structural Portland Cement Course P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting "M~s, ~Mu t: ' TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) TECHNICAL SPECS IONS SECTION ITEM DESCRIPTION D-701 Pipe for Gtorci Sewers and Culverts D-751 Manholes, Catch lasing, Inlets and Inspection Roles D-752 Concrete Culverts, Headwalls and Miscellaneous Drainage Structures Seeding T-901 T-903 Sprigging T-905 Topsoiling L-110 Airport Underground Electrical Duct T-611 Compaction Control Test L-101 Installation of Airport 8-Foot 6 12-Foot wind Conas L-109 Installation of Underground Cable for Airports L-109(S) Installation of Airport Lighting Regulator and Terminal Building Equipment L-116 Installation of Mldium Intensity Runway and TaxiWay Lights with Stake Mounting I; 117 Installation of Internally Lighted Taxi Guidanco Siqns with stake Mounting t.-V Installation of Visual Approach 31ope Indi- cators and Accessories W CITY OF DON, TEXAS ' D£NTOZJ MUNICIPAL AIRPORT IMPROVMNTS, PHASE If, N-S RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY EXTENSION, RUNWAY LIGHTING AND VASI-IV ADDENDUM NO. 1 September 30, 1977 The Plans and Specificltions for construction of el-S Runway and Taxiway Extension, Runway Lighting and Vasi-IV are hereby m<dified as follows3 1 I, NOTICE in CONMICTORS In the first sentence, delete the phrase, "will be received at the # office of the City Manager," and substitute the phrase, "will ha received at the office Of the Purchasing Agent",. I1. PLANS Reference is made to Sheet No. 1 of eleven sheets, SUMMARY OF V,ANT:TIES. Undej, Item No. I having a description, "30-inch reinforcec concrete pile", rld "Cla3,s 5". Also on Sheet 14o. 6 of eleven sheets, at the location of th. ?J-inch RCP, add "Class 5". III. The Contractor shall. acknowledge receipt of this Addendum No. 1 to Miss II on the outer envelope of his bid as well as in the appropriate space in his Proposal. ' SHIM o JACOBS 6 FIMSA Consulting Engineers 1300 Adolphus Tower Dallas# Texas 75202 ~i e NOTICE 'TO CONTRACTORS addressed to the Honorable Mayor a~ City Counc Sealed bide addre il of Denton, at the office of the City Manager. City and Menton County, Texas fis ed received October 6, 1977 11x11 Denton, Texas until 1000 A. M., netruct then publicly opened and read for the co5 n~8c00~no;n municipal Airpor e Airport Improvements-Phase II, FAA Project No. cuing and Under Paco Bid As the city desires to receive bids for the p grading improvements required to extend to North-Soath Runway ds Unclassified 850 feat and to M construct the related t aiways. CInclude are 50se0023 Oitonsrof BituminousSurr- f,,,:e tion, 6100 cubic are yards of Lime Treated Subgrader 16,800 square feet of improve- , F CoursA•, 22.150 square and miscellaneous drainage and turfing ments. Under Base Bid B, the City also idesires to receive bds for the 5100 ffooth unwaytc Lion of a medium intensity runway ligh 36-inch Pntating Beacon and Beacon Towere a Lighted Windcone and segmented Circle and the relocation and conversion of a VAST-2 to a VASI-4 on the north end of the runway. Proposals uhall be accompanied by a cashiers or certified check upon a tote national or state bank inthout an recourse amount to not lo the se city othanf five Denton, percent Texas, (5%) or of a the bid bond amount bid payable without COppMy, as a guarantee that the bidder will Performance Sons within ten (10) days after will the enter same into a amount contract a reliable surety 1 notice of award of contxacc to him. the The successful bidder mast furnish Performance anctPaymen fronds upo n approved form provided in the amount 100 percent surety company holding a pormi mii. from the State of Texas to cat as suretyr or other surety or sureties acceptable to the owner. This proposed contract is under and subject to Ex contained inrthe2Proposal. ' Pro- September 24, 1965, and to the Equal opportunity tl the Sid ro The Bidder (Proposer) must rupply all the information requirod by posal Form. The successful bidder will be required to sulmit a certification of Non- segregated Facilities prior to award of the contract, and to notify proapective subcontractors of the requirement for such a cerrtification. s nles of the Certi- fication and the Not,-co to Subcontractors appear n the Women will be afforded equal opportunity in all areas of employment. How- lo ent of women shall not diminish the standards or requirements for ever, the emp Ym the employment of minorities. A contractor having fifty or more employees and his subcontractors tavatain- lo eas who may be awarded a subcontract will be requ fifty or more e y r ram within 120 days of the commencement of the ' fain an affirmative action p og contr,c,ts Tl+e City rraArve,s the right to accept or reject any and all bid and 1 waive any informaiities in connection with such bi+ls except thoso requirements related above. 1 Plans, specifications and bidding docu.ents may be secured from the office Tower, of Shimek, Jacobs & Finklea, Consulting Engineers,s1300 Adolphus deposited will DalYes, which so - ' Toxaa,d75202, on deposit of $25,00 per set, U .,,1o, provided the provisions of the specifications regarding the return of sttch documents are complied with. CITY OF DF,NTON, TEXAS Chris G. Barbing c s dr W1'j City Manager 1 . 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 r s r 1 P Rt)POVj NL TO p;RiER} THE CITY OF DFt{TON, TEXAS D£NTON 14UNLCIPAL AYRppRT ' AIRPORT IMpWVEKFNT5 J ASE II erson or parties as bidder decla,bsave t ho lse namedpherein; that his or corporatio~~f The undersigned, rincip firm interested in this proposal as P other person, collusion wit, nY the for.. of , Notice to Contraecxtaom~ ~ that he proposal haiss made carefwithout contract L Illy lly examined to, and has carefully fans therein referlterials of the proposed work; and ' specifications an the P machinery, tools, appara' i the locations, canditnalI the necessary labor, agrees that he will Provide and will do all the roork and tus and other items incidental to construction, ~ furnish all the materials called for in the contract and specifications in the ' manner prescribed herein. 1 following quantities of work to be serveeasta ' It is understood that the and are intended principally to unit prices are approximate only, quids in evaluating bids. eed that the quant ities of work to be d°7"+ at unit ' It is further cgs be increased r di an 'ztled as VAy ^P ted~ prices and material t} bco ple to hed t W0rk fully as p) coneidereA whether i apt or decreased are to .e Per- and that necessary for in the speei- and that all quantities of work t as provided formed at the unit prices set forth below exc ' fications• be increased to cover It is further agreed that IMP-s~ prices may fans or required by the specifications, in additional work not shown on the p accordance with the provisions of the General Provisions. Similarly, they may be decreased to cover deletion of work so ordered. )sled in full and agreed than the work is to be comp it is understood within the time 8esiynatfd in the Special conditions of ties°a C~~k payable ' Certified or Cash Accompanying this graposai is a ' aid Bond) in the amount of to the OSi Dollar$($ Hundred ( d to the The 114 security accompar►Y~g this proposal 'shall he returned • ;area of the proposal the bidder shall fail uidder, unless in case 0" the accep within ten of to exe.ute a contract and file a performusnce bond (1~) days after shall become the property and other its acceptance, in which ease the bid payment for damages due 1 delay . the fiiMR, and shall be contheeCO ~R on account of such failure of the bidder inconveniences suffered by require, to reserves the right as the interest of the o9tNER °+ay ' The City and all bids and waive informalities in connection with such accept or reject any ireueni•,s that the question regarding the President Clause'and to r to the Equal Opportunity bids, except the iequ ailities has been complied with' live order 11246 or Septetjbav 24, Certification on of of Non-Segregated Facilities cili 1 ~ P6DS-l t CITY OF T1F.NT0.10 TEXAS NORT}i-SOUTH RUM4AY AND TAXIWAY EXTENSION DENTON MUNICIPAL AIRPORT BASE BID A Price in Ttcs,n Estimated 7vnount ~ rho, antit unit Descri ti°^ and Price in Words Fic~e~S $ 1.25 $ 75,000.00 1 60,000 CY For unclassified Excavation. the sum of,_- One Dollars and Twent -Five Cents per Cubic Yard. ade0 S 0.60 $ 13,00.00 7 22,000 SY For 6-inch Lime Treated Subgr the sum of Dollars No and sixty Cents per square Yard. 10 ' Fr Hydrated Lima, the sum of $ 50.00 $ 190000.00 g 380 Tons ift~-ears ' and No - Cents Per Ton. 10.00 $ 610000.00 $ 4 60160 CY For Crushed Aggregate Base, the sum of_. _ Dollars Ten - and _ No Cents per Cubic Yard. r ` 20.00 $ 47 , 000.00 5 21350 Tons For Bituminous Surface Courser $ the sum of Dollars 7went ' and NO Cents per Ton. P&BS-2 I' i 7 r r fYice in Amount Iten Estimated pu, antit U:,i_l ____pescription and Pricewrds Figures 6,996.00 ---_S u .66 $ r 6 10,600 Gal. For lrime Coat, the sum of Dollars r and ~Sizt.y six Cent.. per Gallon. the $ 25.00 $ 2,800.00 112 LF For 30-inc'n Diameter RCP, SUM of,, F ve Dull rs gwenty- i r and No ` Cents Pet' Linear Foot. 1,275.00 2.5 Cy For Rei}lforced Concrete Headaaila 5510.00 $ 8 the sun of Five Hundred and Ten Dollars and i10 Cents per Cubic Yard. , r Paint.- $ .20 $ 140400.00 9 72,000 SF For punvay and TaxiAay inq, the sum °f Dollars No an_d Jwe.atv - Cents per Square Foot. 1300.00 ' _ 10300.00 10 1 LS For Displaced Threshold, the r sum of, _;~dr Dollars 7hirUeln e arvi Cents per Lung Sum' r 38,500.00 the sum of $1400.00 11 27.5 Acre For Seeding, One Thousandand _Lbll---ar9 ou~j~edr-.-- - r and No Cents per Acre. I ~ p~q5-3 I~ l ~ Item Estiuated Price in Fi res Anount- Ho, uantitY__-Unit Description and Price in Words 2.6 Acre For Sprigging, the sum of $1400.00 $ 3,500.00 12 cne Thousand an! tiu %~r rs CentR per Acre. M-Gal. For furnishing Water, the sum $ 6.00 $ 480-00 13 60 of 3;Y - _ _ Dollars Cents per Thousand Gallons. Fertilizer, the S 375.00 $ 21250.00' 14 6 Tons For furnishing sum of Thrpg ` j and Dollars SQVe_n~v i and__-- K__ o~ Cents per Tnn. , For 2-Way Underground Electric $ 9.20 $ 2,024.00 15 220 Duct, the sum of Dollars ' twine and Twent Cents per Linear Foot. ' 288,725.00 TOTAL AMOUNT SID-BASE BID A (Items 1-15) S 1 r 1 . i . P&13s-4 k#''- of a contract to the under9i9ned, the under- In the event of the award payment, bond for the full amount erforrAnce bond and a wit rovisions of signor! will furnish o P er compliance with the terms ~d letion and accep- of the contract, to sacure ..Op uarantee the work untilfornlabor OQ'per£owed and suro and the contract, tarantoo payment of all lawful claims tanco and to Val" in the £ulEillment of the contracts materinls furnished accepted when fully completed and with the p ecificat.ions, to the satisfaction The work proposed to be done sp fininhod in accordance of the Engineer. sal ed certifies that the bid prices c°ntainod in this propo and are submitted as correct and final. i 'the undersigned hava been carefully ' guts prices must be shown t3G~i'q~ Unit and lip es for each item listed in in this words psod nposalmi and in the event of dis- crepancy the words shall control. Receipt is hereby aclmowl4%dged crf the .Following addenda to the contxact documents: Yes 9-30-77 RE~ceived Addendum Kos 1 Dated_,,_~ Received Addvdum No. 2 Dated„___... Received Addendum No. 3 Dated-- deceived l Addendum No. A Addendum Kos 5 Dated__;_____._ I~ . I~ VIA ~ Y&BS-B l~ l CYIKI,VICATION M BIM"11 Ra0AR MO l EQUAL EMPLOYM" OPPOMMrrY t OFYMAL SIDDm ?L&j%(s pAairiott Bros., Inc. ADDRESS 1130Q Kline Dr. Dallas, Texas 75229 32rMWL REMME SFEMCE EMPIDYIER IWMjFICMON NUM M 75-1445543 VONSEMECAM FACIIMMS NOMCF TO PROSPl7 MM. FE']P1iALL7C ASSLSM CONSTMMION CO:TL'RAMRS: (1) A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities nust be submitted prior to the award of a federally assisted construction contract exceeding $10..000 whicb is not exempt from the provisions of tLt equal opportunity clause. (2) Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards exceeding $10,000 vhicb axe not execpt from tae provisions of the equal opportunity clause vial be required to provide for the forsnirding of the following notice b3p pros,)ective sub- contractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontarants exceed $10,000 and axe not exmpt from the pro- visions of the equal opportunity clause. NOTE: The pcaalty for r.Akicus statemmots in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001. I ?1MCS TO PROSPECTIVE StM3 O iTAACTORS OF RMUZRM20 FOR CM]PICATION ON AONSEOItFWED FACILTMS: (1) A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a subcontract crueeding $10,000 which is not exept fTcm the provisions o' 1e equal opportunity clause. (2) Contractors receiving subcontract awards exceeding $10,000 whieb exe not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity caluse wi11 be required to provide for the forwarding of this I notice to prox"etive subcontractors for ou lies and constric- tion contracts where the subcontraote exceed 11i10,000 and are 0 not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. NOI•L': The penalty for PzMpg faL:e stetem-nte in offers is prescribed in 18 U,S,C. 1001. P5}!5- 9 rica~■s~i~~1 8 CMUMATION OF 11OVSDC9V k= FAC11.1'fi' The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not rzinWn or provide for his r„=ployees any ee!gregated facilities at imy of his establiobments, and tbat ba does not Permit his r l we is ~~ottetfacilit es areamaint~ained. The federally control, where segregated asol.Aed construction contractor certifies further tby+t he will not taaintain or provide for tie employees any segregated facilities at ! any of his establisl=ents, and that he i ill not peewit hie em,ployees to perform their services at any %be j segregated facilities are maintained, The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the equitl opportunity clause I rthis contract. As l i used in thie certification, the term "segregated any waiting rooms, work sx+eas, restrooms and vsat.roosvs, reatauranto and other eating areas, tineclocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drink' S fountains, recreation or entertsi=ent areas, transportation, and housir:g facilities provtded for employees which are segregated by explicit M ectiv+e or are in fact ©egregated on the beais of race, color, religion, sex or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or any other , i reason. The fedsr&W agsiated constructian contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific tim periods) he vill obtala identical certifications f1m pTopoasd subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts the t equal opportunity lclaauso , and that n be will retain such certifies of cations in his. files, HOii'ICE TO PROSPECTM COKSWoTUS OF RB4UIRBtMft FOR CERTIFICATION OF ~gagS1•(,~OpTt'~'1 FACYit'i`IF5: A Certification of Hovssegregated ftaiUties must be sibmitted prior to the award of a contract or subcontract exceeding $10,000 vbich is not exemt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clwisc. ' Certification The information above is truo and compL:te to the best of knowledge and bolief. 3, lt. Marriott Secretary ~,"""""""""""'"Ei me u~ld3itl~e of ignar ~ easy Type G /~1~.✓Jlh~ ins-~~ i gr turn 3iM: The ialty for making false statements in offers is preccribed t in X11.61C. 1.0016 PG135-1~7 OF I The Bidder (proposer) slIall complete the followinq statement by checking the appropriate boxes. participated in a pre- 0 The Fodder (proposer) has © has not vious contract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause prescribed by Executive order 10925, or Executive Order 111140 or Rxecutive Order 11256. a The Bidder (Proposer) has M has not L submitted all compliance reports in connection with any such contract due under the applicable, filing require- ments; and that represent!.tions indicating submission of required compliance reports aigned by proposed subcontractors will be obtained prior to award of sut:ontracts. If the Bidder (Proposer) has participated in a previous contract subject to the Equal Opportunity clause and has not submitted compliance report3 due under applicable filing requirements, the Bidder (Proposer) shall submit a compliance report on 5twoi''ard Form 100, "Employee information Report EEO-l" prior to the award of contract." f Marriott Bros., Inc. Contractor By ` (Title) 11300 Kline br. (Addre") ~ r Dallas, Texas 75229 (Ci ty and State) Seal and Authorisation , (If a Curporatt,on) 247-9681 (Telephone) The Bidder (Proposer) shall complete the "Certification of Bidder Regarding ttpjal F1nployment Opportunity" on Sheets P& M-7 and PiBS-H. l:'GBS- I1 42104 NOYIGEt ty.~ ~gige r M a Il r~~ ! BR~A~A'i ?~K 99R8zgg~A ?R,88 $i%~R8R Ry~ Kt8 ' f$-'.~.t1Je~i.ir' - +11JJ.r1 ►fJ~t~~Yn~ri-1Jrl1.{ Jet Jill o ~~sadw~sr~rra~~r~■►~~►~'®i4~~ ~Il'll► MOTICIS 12105 i y X111 4 .si~.2405 S Rn'j~J Ell j n x: y E t~yy ~ d ~ ~~r~ w - 7 7-7- ,r VAO£, TAMEL._EEO_,,, an_ d SATTN RFAUMWIE2'TS ' :SE'.C?'IOtf A (:'ederal Aviation Administration ftequiremtnts) A-1 Airport 0.velo1men-t Ald program Proacct. The work in this contract le included in Airport Development Aid Project No. 5-48-0067-•05 which is being undertaken and accomplished ~ the r"1 of np~,t~r (Sponsor) in accordance with the tc~rro+a conditions of n gr(~Br)edtc he SGanhethited 3tates, u,~sder t c rpprt and Airway velopment Act of 1970 (4g U.S.C. 1701) and Part 152 of the federal Aviation Regulations 1 OR Pnrt 152) purtuant to which the United States has agreed to pay a certain percentage of the torts of the project that aye determined to be allowable project c,~ct{ under that Act. The Milted States to not a party to this contract native the FAA or any no reference in this contract the FM any repre- thereofof, o or to any rigkstgr sentative thereof, or the United States, by the contract, makes the United ttat^-s a party t this A-2 Consent to asst ent. The contractor shall obtain the rior W tten consent of the Cit ni Denton Sponsor) to any proposed assi.rsaent of arty terest in or part of this contract. A-3 Convict labor. No convict labor may be employed under this cont,rac~. A-4 Yeterane xTeference. In the employment or labor (except in er.ecutivr., admini trati.ve, and supervisory positions), preference &hall be given to qualified individuals who have sawed in the military' service of the United States (ac defined In section 101(1) of the Soldiers' and Sailors' ' Civil Relief Act of 1940) and have bet-n honorably discharged from that service, except that preference may be given only where that labor is available locally and is qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. A•5 u'thholdin Sponsor from contractor. Whether or not payments _ or advtucru, to the _ r cit --of-Denton (sponsor) are a ' i 1 1 2 withheld or suspended by the FAA, the city of Denton ith - (sponsor) may withhold or cause-t6-Vii" from-tie contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers ~I and mechanics employed by the contractor or any - i subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. A-6 NonpUnent of wages. If the contractor or hubcontractor fells to pay a`ny'laborer or mechanic employed or working on the site of the work any of the wages requires by this 1 contract the city of Denton _ (Sponsor) may, after writteniiotice to the contractor; fake such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension if any further 1 payment or advance of funds :Antil the violations cease. A-7 FAA inpyecticn and review. The contractor shall allow 1 Ariy authorize. -representative of the FAA to inspect and review any work or materials used in the performance of this contract. A-8 Subcontracts,. The contractor shall insert in each of Ef-ersibcontracts the provisions contained in paragraphs A-11 A-3, A-41 A-50 A-61 and A-7 requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in 1 turn be made. A-9 Contract termination. A breach of paragraphs A-6. A-7, i ancT A-B Fay 'be -grounds for termination of the contract. i 1 1 1 i 1 1 SECTION B (Secretary of Labor Requirements) B-1 Minimun wages.. ' (a) All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work, will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or ' rebato on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CPR Part 3), the full amounts due at time ' of payment computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination decision(s) of the Secretary of Labor which is (are) attached hereto and made a part hereof, regard- less of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to e exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanicsr and the wage determination decision(s) shall be posted by the contractor at the site of the work in a prominent place where ' it (they) can be easily seen by the workers. For the purpose of this paragraph, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated under Section l(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on 1 behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of subparagraph (4) below. Also for the purpose of this paragraph, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period under plans, funds, or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period (29 CPR 5.5(a)(l)(i)). (b) Any class of laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, which is not listed in the wage ' determination(s) and which is to be employed under the contract, shall be classified or reclassified conformably to the wage determination(s), and a report of the action taken shall be sent by the (insert sponsor's name) city of Denton to the FAA for approval and transmiUtaf-To` The ecre ar 755T- Labor. In the event that the interested parties cannot agree on the proper classification or reclassification of a ' particular class of laborers and mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, to be used, the question rccompanied by the recommendation of the FAA shall be referred to the Secretary of Labor for final determination (29 CVR 5.5(a) (1) (11)) (c) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit owhich is not expressed as tin hourly wage rate and the contractor is obligated to pay a cash equivalent of such a fringe benefit, an hourly cash equivalent thereof shall be ' established. in the event the interested parties cannot agree upon a cash equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question accompanied by the recommendation of the FAA shall be referred to the Secretary of Labor for determination (29 CPR 5.5(a)(1)(111)) ' 3 t ' (d) if the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably ' anticipated in providing benefits under a plait or program of a type expressly listed in the wag(: determination decision of the Secretary of Labor which is a part of this contract- Provided, however., the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor inay require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program (29 CPR 5. 5 (a) (1) (iv)) . B-2 Witioholding. _ FAA from..2ponsor. Pursuant to the terms of the grant agreements between tFi United States and (insert sponsor's name), City of Denton relating to Airport Development Aid Project too. 5-4800.67-OS , and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regal-atiyons (14 CFR Pert 152), the FAA may withhold or cause to be withheld from the (insert sponsor's af Denton so much of the accrue' payments name) City or advances as maybe c`orisTdeie-d necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanics, including any apprentice or trainee, employed or working on the site of the work all or part of the ' wages required by this contract, the FAA may, after written notice to the (insert sponsor's name), city of Denton take such action as may be necessary to cause tN suspension of t any further payment or advance of funds until such violations have cea^ed (29 CPR 5.5 (a) (2)) . 0-3 Payrolls and basic records. (a) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto will be maintained during the course of the work and preserved for a period of 3 yearn thereafter fo: all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records will contain the name and address of each such employee, his correct ' classification, rates of pay (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated of the types described in Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found, under 29 CPR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) (see subparagraph (d) of paragraph 11-1 above), that the waged of any laborer or mechanic include tho amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits Under a plan or program described in Section I(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the ' commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that t.io plan 4 r or progean has been communicated in writing to the laborers ur mechanics affected, and records e,,'tich show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits (29 CFR 5. 5 (a) (3) (i)) . (b) The contractor will submit weekly a copy of all ' payrolls to the (insert sponsor's name),,- city of Denton for availability to the FAA, as required by paragrap _I_!2. a The copy shall be accompanied by a statement signed by the employer or his agent indicating that the payrolls are correct and complete, that the wage rates contained therein are not less than those determined by the Secretary of Labor and that the classifications set forth for each laborer or mechanic conform with tho work performed. A submission of a "Weekly Statenent of Compliance" which is required under this contract and the Copeland requlation3 of the Secretary of Labor (29 CFR Part 3) and the filing with the initial payroll or any subsequent payroll of a copy of any f!.ndings by the Secretary of Labor, under 29 CPR 5.5 (a)(1)(iv) (see subparagraph (d) of paragraph B-1 above), shall satisfy this requirement. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls of all subcontractors. The contractor will ' make the records required under the labor standards clauses of the contract avai?.able for inspection by authorized represent- atives of the FAA and the Department of Labor, and will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall include a notation on the first weekly certified payrolls submitted to the (insert sponsor's name) ' City of Denton for availability to the FAA, kFisf-Heir emproyment~s pursuant to an approved program and shall identify the program (29 CFR 5.5(a) M (ii)). B-4 A rentices and trainees. (a) Apprentices. Apprentices will be Vermitted to work i at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his first 90 days 1 of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of ' Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to his entire 5 work force under the registered program. Any employee listed can a payroll at an apprentice wage rate,, who is not a trainee as defined in subparagraph (b) of thin paragraph or i5 not registered or otherwise employed as 0-ated above, shall be paid the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor, for the classification of work he actually performed. The contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish to the (insert uponsor's name) City of Denton written evidence of the registry Tidin ofTis program- and`- apprentices as well as the appropriate ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeymen hourly rates), for the area of construction prior to using any apprentices on the contract work. The wage rate paid apprentices shall be not less than the appropriate percentage of the journey- men's rate contained in the applicable wage determination (29 CPR 5.5(a) (4) (i)). (b) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CPR 5.15 trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are 1 employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification, by the U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training., The ratio of trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved progran for his level of progress. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate iu not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training shall be paid not less than the wage rate determined by the Secretory of Labor for the classification of work he ' actually performed. The contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish the (insert sponsor's name)city of nenton _ written evidence of the certification of his program, FFe registration of the trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in that program. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utiliza trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approvea (29 CPR 5.5(a) (4) (ti))• (o) rqual employment opportunity. The utilization of apprcnticas, trainees and journeymen under this paragraph shall ' be in conformity with the equal employment: opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 24 CFR fart 30 (29 CPR 5.5(a) (4) (iii)). 6 M Application of 29 CPR Part 5.5(a)(4). On contracts in excess of $2,000 the employment of all apprentices and trainees as defined in 29 CFR 5.2(c) shall bo subject to the provisions of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4) (see paragraph B-4(a), (b) and (c) above). (e) Enforcement. i (i) The FAA shall promulgate the necessary regula- tions or procedures, for federally assisted construction progi' 4ams for which it does not contract directly, necessary to insure that contracts contain the provisions herein or such modifica- tions thereof which have been approved by the Department of Labor. No payment, advance, grant, loan or guarantee of funds 1 shall be appiaved by the FAA after the beginning of construction unless there is on file with the FAA a certification by the contractor that he and his subcontractors have .omplied or that there is substantial dispute with respect to the required provisions (29 UR 5.6 (a) (1)) . (ii) Enforcement activities, including the investigation of complaints of violations, to insure compliance with the requirements of these provisions shall be the primary duty of the FAA. The Department of Labor will coordinate its efforts with the FAA, as may be necessary to ensure consistent enforcement of the requirements of these: provisions. Enforce- ment of these provisions shall be in accordance with 29 CPR 5.6. B-5 Compliance with Copeland Regulations. The contractor shall comply with tKe Cope-Iancf Regu-Yatio-ns -T2'0*CFR Part 3) of the Secretary of Labor which are heroin incorporated by reference (29 CPR 5.5(a)(5)). B-6 Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor I contracting 'for any P-6)0 of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which tie is employed on such work to work in excess of 8 hours in any calendar day or in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic received compensation at a rate not less than 1 1/2 times his basic rate of pay for all hours I worked in excess of 8 hours in any calendar day or in excess of 40 hours in such workweek, as the case may be (29 UR 5.5(a)(1)) B-7 Violations, liabilit r~for_un~aid liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of paragraph B-6 of this provision, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable to any affected employee for his unpaid wa es. in addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be iable to the United States for liquidated damages. i Such liquidated damages shall be computed, with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic employed in violation of said paragraph B--6 of this provision, in the num of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee war required or ' permitted to work in excess of 8 hours or in excess of the standard workweek of 40 hours without payment,of the overtime wages required by said paragraph B-6 of this provision (29 CFR 5.5(e)(2)). B-8 Withholdigq. for w aid war~es@nd_ liquidated damages, and rriori'ty of- eiy gent. (a) The FAA may withhold or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor, such sums as may administratively be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wades and liquidated damages as provided in paragraph B-7 of this ' provision (29 CFR 5.5(c)(3)). (b) in the event of failure or refusal of the contractor or any subcontractor to comply with overtime pay requirements of the Contract Wort. Hours and Safety Standards Act, if the funds withheld by the FAA for the violations are not sufficient to pay fully both the unpaid wages due laborers and mechanics and the liquidated damages due the United States, the available funds shall be used first; to compensate the laborers and mechanics for the wages to which they ake entitled (or an equitable portion thereof when the funds are not adequate for this purpose); and the balance, if any, shall he used for the payment of liquidated damages (29 CFR 5.14(d)(2)). B-9 Working conditions. No contractor may require any laborer or mechanic empYo7jee-1n the performance of the contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR Part 19261 37 F.R. 21503) issued by the Secretary of Labor. B-10 Subcontracts. The contractor will insert in each of his j subcon'67AREFs t.}iQ c-lauses contained in paragraphs B-1 through ' B-11 of this provision, and also a clause requiring the subcontrantors to include there provisions in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made (29 CFR 5.5 (a) (6) , 5.5(c)(4)). 8 1 i B-11 Contract termination= debarment. A breach of paragraphs B-Tltf~zough-10 otliis provision may be grounds for termination of the contract. A breacli of paragraphs g-1 through B-5 and B-10 may also be grounds for debarment as provided in 29 CFR 5.6 of the regulations of the Secretary of Labor (29 CFR 5.5(a)(7)). r i ri i i 1 1 1 9 t T~ON C (Equal Errployrnent Opportunity Clause) -Outing the performance of this contract, the contractor tgreee as follows: C-1 The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment bocause of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The contractor will take afflrma. tive action to ensure that applicant are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, up -ading, demotion, or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forays of compensation; and selection for traintal!, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in con- spicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscriminution clause, C-2 The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state' that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, relation, sex or national origin, C-3 The contractor will send to each labor union or representattve of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agree- ment or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided, advising the said labor union or workerol representa- tlves of the contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post egpies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employeeu and applicants for employment, C-4 The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and of the rules, regulations and revelant orders of the Secretary of Labor. C..5 The contractor will furnish all information and reports re- quired by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and by rules,regulxtions, and orders of the Becretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administer- ing agency and tho Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and others, 10 1 C-6 In toe event of the contractor's noncompliance with the non- discrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, We contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorised in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and such other sanctions may be Imposed and remedies invoked as provided In Executive Order 11246 of September 241 1965, as amended, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. C-? The contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph C-1 and the provisions of paragraphs C-1 through C.7 in every subcontr4ct or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, oo that such provisions will be binding upon, each I subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will'take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchtee order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, Including sanctions for non- compliance: ProvldLd, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, ® litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 1, ~►llll~ei~ 1~ SwId SRCTI4t~ i?n (Health trod Safety Requirements) D•1 It is a condition of this contract, anti shall be made a condition of each utibcontract entered into pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shall not require any laborer or mechanic employed in performance of thn contract to wort: in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety, as determined under Cortstructinn Safety and Health Standards Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1518 36 F.R. 7340 promulgated by the United Sates Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Conteact Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, 83 STAT. 96. 1 r III 12 SECTION E (Air and Water Quality Standards) F-1 Any other provision herein to the contrary not- withstanding, the contractor in carrying out work under this contract, shall at all times comply with all applicable state and federal air and water quality ' standards; with all pollution control laws; and with such rules, regulations, and directives as may be lawfully issued by a local, rtate or federal agency having within its jcrisdiction the protection of the { environment in the area surrounding where work under this contract will be performed. In addition, the contractor shall comply with directives given by the project Engineer in implementation of the letter and intent of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-7 entitled Airport Construction Controls to Prevent Air and i 1 Water Pollution. Copies of this Advisory Circular can be obtained free of charge from Department of Transportation, Distribution Unit, TAD-•484.3, Washington, D. C. 20590. L-2 Contractors and subcontractors agrees an That any facility to be used in the performance of the contract or to benefit from the contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection ' Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities., H. To comply with all the requirements of section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations issued thereunder. I o. That as a condition for award of a contract ho , will notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA indicating that a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the contract is under con-- i sideration to be listed on the E:?A List of ' Violating Facilities, d. To include or cause to be included in any contract or subcontract which exceeds $100,000 the afore- mentioned criteria and requirements. 13 ,f rs t V 717 71 P777% N j a a ,y w airAN17A X► '0lt1Vi OF AGREEIviENT As Adopted By ~S 1HE TEXAS SECTION OF THE AMERICAN SOCIET'Y' OF CIVIL ENGINEERS October 7,1971 Revised November 17,1928 Revised April 150 1932 Revised October 27, 1934 Revised October 1$,1995 Revised April 89 1954 Revised April 21,1960 Revised October 7,1971 Approved as to Legal Form by Legal Counsel WCAft OF TEXAS CA(JN'~"t( 01' p~ntryn , 7'1115 AGREEMENT, made and entered into this_.111tb_-day of tr-- A, [i, 19.77-. by City of Aenta~ b and between_..._..... ~ w.. the county of 20.ti.Qn---- and State of Texas, teking through of duly authoyi rrd so to doo 6 afty of the Firat'Pert, heretnafter termed OWNER, Marriott''uros., Ind, (;ounty ofr _._..-r..a...~:~..___`...--.- tot 1ht city of Dallas xaxese party of the Second Part, herelnditer terrtri'rd 11rid state COy T~ ACTOR: ; x} r for''and in 'consid;kp4lon of the pAyments aril ,IOiee nft+s 4rkiri- WjT' N'0.1,THt , . ~n it lsr rpentloneJ, `to be m~sde and performed bl', he Part/ of the First Part (QWI'NEii), a114 under tho conditions expressiO in the bond bearing iven dF~te herewl~ ttie~sts~l P~.nrty h vtv 01 to 1':rrt (CONTRACTOR), hereby aifrees with Ote said Party Of slow &ism* oft., commerce and complete the construction of i:erta;n improvements described as follows:' Denton 14W&ip+s1 Airport-Airport Improvymenth, chase IT-A-N/3 Runway F Taxiway Extension and e11 extra work in connection therewith, under the terms its stated In the General Conditions of the Agrternent sand at his (or their) own pj oper cost and expense to furnish all the materials, supplies, ,machinery, equipment, to(,ts, superiiitendence, labor, insurance, And other accessorles ward services ne"+ealis to complete the said .c-onstructlon, in acconlance Nelth the conditions and pric+eia stated In the ~ioposal uttsehed hereto, and in accordance with the Notlcd to Contractors, deneral and Special Conditions ofAureement,,I'lans And other drawings and printed or written axp)mnatory matte r`ahpreot, anti the Specifications end addenda therefor, as prepared by_.._ histek J pits Finklo'!, Consultln?j Epgtneere _ - 1900 Adolph-do Ta`wex► Dallas p Texas 75202 hcrutrt sntitled the VNOIN)<Vit, ewrh of which hum been identified by the lbNTRACTOtt ene, the Y,tttiiNEER, tu;Y,ethet' Keith the C0NTJtA(1%)R',,S written 11ruix)Ni,l, the t'.eneral cdndiflovA of tht ARreemelit, umt the Verformanco! ant Pign nt tigttity hereto xllu+:hed aii of which are made ` >r iutrt liereof tmml collectively` evWencs and constitutit.the entire contrvel, -1 m p ,«0 w. w.. kAt Lnl t , o-l'.Tr A' '~C ~t'e ♦ t j tt ~ Mi it 6 o } hereby agrees' to oq~nmenee work within ten (10) clays after the date ` The CON1`kACT'OR Y *ritten notice to do so shall have been given to him, and tj substantially complete the same calendar days whhin_-- x"ff after the date of the written notice to commence work, subject to such extensions of time as are provided by the Genek'al and Special Conditions. shown THE OWNER l, agrees ba part of this contractt, current A m funds the be subject toicthe G neral the proposal, forms a pa A1hd Special Conditions of the contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this Agreement is the year and day first above written, Marriott Bros., Inc. _ C Den of , exe~ s_ N o the nd Ya (OO~NT AR CPOR Party y the at Pert ( NE ~ Uy'- By' TE A EST: AT ,r ~ ~ 1r f~ r r r BF•2 p w T," i, 7777 7",7 PXRFORMANCH BOND NI'ATE OF TEXAS MUM OF: llnllen KNOW ALL MEN BY VIESE PRESENTS: That- __XAOtt-b 0tbJM--XX1d• the City of_ flv4nty and State of_ principal, and~~'~•1~tut _1~~d~i_~St_ p~?1i9: ~Ei11~11.gS~P~Bk'.---..--. a:tthorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act i- *urety on bonds for prinelts'la, Pre held Ahd firmly bound unto-... (Owner), In the penal sum `S' '4 ,B, ' $ 921h1t h ' 1L t Dollars (Ij, 611 1 t1y1 frrr the paymenr'~i~t► trtp'4hemselves, and their, hdrs, admtnistratore, executara, succegsord and sasigne, Jointly and severally, b~ these preeehtt: F WHERI AB, the Prinetpal hag entered Into a certain written contract witt:-, the 0- ner, ' dated tbe...11t'ph dsy Of--' fJO.-_t*be 909WO00th 1iWAW iy7 0,411 'Ieaxlttay 111t4n*41oar IHnton Haniolp►1 'lb, rt wh,lCh cot►tract.ia hereby referred E6'a1 d mails a pert hereof.lu fully,gnd to the'tsone "t-sn MeN If Copied at length herein. NO~~ ,'111ERRF'ORIt,' TH3 CONAITION OF, THIR OBLIOATIAN IS 8140, that it the agld Piinl 1 shall faitlyfully perform sajd Contract mid.4b&11 14.A1! respect d',~Iy and faithfully ' abietvd and'perforrt4 r,It and alrfpit the ccctTtt►Me, eondittoti psnd atfre mer~tK' in 04 by, Paid rgntract agreed and ~ovenKnte ,by the Princ'sipal to be observed end perfo". and according to the true Intent and meaning d said Contract and tbe`Plans and fipecifiCa4lons hereto'enncocerl, ` then this obligation 6411 be void s 6therwl4e to remains In full force and 'd(octl PROVIDED, HOW9 ER, that this band Ia executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 6160 of the Hevlsed Civil Statutiv, of Texas as amended and all liabllitiea on this bond shall be determined in' asl'ordnace with the provisioni of Mid Article to the same extent u it it were copied at length herein.; ' j Surety, for value received,riripulates and agrees that no ebante, extension of tirne, alteration` or addition to the" lefts' of 6o' contract, or to the work petloroxt thereunder, or the p1w,; ayeeifications, or drrovings accompanying the saute, shall In anywiso affect Its obligation on th,e 6~ A" 10i . p r c v t "r, c d . bond, and it dt%a hereby walve notice of any ouch chango, extension of time, alteration or addition to the term t of the contract, or to the work to be peiturmed thereunder, IN WITNVIR3 WHEREOF, the said Principal ar.d Surety have signed and waled this instru- ment this_ A4_t.-_dsy of--- Marriott nrot:harg, inn~. 9Y ^ 19_ZZ _ AmsrlCan► Vide1itY Fire lnaurana-l + Co. ' _ Pdoelpd flnrtl~ r. ~ Thos &V J. Ilumphroys t 11tie .__AttoM.~j~it1 '~Wt Addree+~ _ W044 Min Drive Address- -__8as bllo4l _ Dallas, Tex4 li229 1 ' Tha hime and Address of the Resident Agent of Surety iso Texas Vtttylus binaa,,Agsnoy I'll 925LDa1 as$ mss 75147 k 1 r . r y i kl~ IN "M ~6 i r "04 04 Q646 22.1 i 0 9!1 tiPAY*19N'T BOND STATE OF TEXAS C(1I7NTY OF'_..._Olle~g KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That_____.__Ma~xiOtt-BrAt.1~4~sT->~.- the City ot~~_il~1Et~ Olunty ot_ _ _ apt as _ - , and State ot__._xau1- _ as principal, and~_ iitdQ 31111y' 1~~L'a ]~riA~NYdACO.~t'.c#Itpi/y Authot'ized under the laws of the State of Tex0 to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held arid, firmly bound (Owner), In the penal sum of_n#6_9V%&Ad-91.9hty~»fght-Tb~u'r 6"*__DoIIars 0-244614" for the payment f, rt ~#1ti3id $ 9t9liirina their heirs, admfats preic lralOra, executors, bucceceors and`asslstrss, jointly and severally, by these its; WMOREAS,, the Principal has entered Into a .,ert&fn writtbn contract with the Ovrnet', dated t13_: 71 day of_ ._.~QC~rh~~ 19-;► 0>i ✓."s4Ntsb ;vnway atsd tto?tiway ext"sii»r 11 tou Hanioiyni A$Xport to w$icll contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof an fully end to the same "tent if copied at length herein. N'OW, THEREFORE, THE , CONDITION OFTHIS OB11(3A'TfON YS SUCH, that If the ~ O said pay Ali is applying labor and matorfal to him or.a subcontractor; Principal shalj c~4lntan in the prowution`oC the work provided for In said contract, then,,this obligation shalt be sold; otherwise to remain in full tons and effect PROVtDEDI"WIVEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the prcviainns of Article 6160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas at amended and all liabilities on thin bond shall be determined In accordance with tho provisions of said Article to the same extent as if It were: •Vpled at length herein. ' Surety, for value recelved, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to) the t"s of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or draAw ngs accompanying the same, shall In anvwlse affect its obligation on this iOW IJ M 1M+ "S 1W toll r t.. E all faFt ~4 ^L :'j auj i lti -.sP~ M1". 1''.~-~'•~~^~ "~u?~# 1 " ~~~~L J~r1 ,.'~'~,1.. ~n•_! 1^ bond, and it doh hereby waive notice of "y ideh ehanM extension of ttwo, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed thin instru• Mont th1s.._-__4at;_day 19--- 7_7-. Mnkriott;..:irOthats,_sno - Amaxican_Fieleelt,t"ira rnaur_&wA CO. Prlndp•! barct~ • • _ - mhosnae J. ,+um~hra s~ p Titie._Ae3___ Title 1►ttTerr '-1n-fAct Addrids__: 11300 1111" Rr e y Address- 8ge a ow The rvane and address of the Resident Agent of adrety is, Tex#ix gi1:i~lue 1111 No Hookingbird # 915, Da11el►, Texas 75197 M~ M i r F&4 AMSRICAN FIDELITY FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY WOODBuRY, NEW YORK POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOki ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the American Fidelity Fire Insur- ance 04gsany, a corporation in the State of New York, having its principal ()Fficca Iii Woodbury, State of New York, pursuant to the following resolution, ~j 'I(lopte~i by the Board of Directors of tLe said Company on the 18th day of 11 Fr!bruaty, 1969, to wit: president, or any Vice-President, or other otficer designated by the 804114 or Executive Committee shall have authority, severally, to make I execute tend deliver a power of attorney constituting an Attorney-in-Fact Qich pardons, firms or corporav.ions au such officer may select from time to time.,, does haroby make, constitute and appoint TIIOMAS J. HUMPHREYS of DALLAS In the State of TEXAS its true and lawful attorney(s)-in- fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its natae$ place and stood, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver in its behalf, and as its act and deed, an follows: SPECIFIC SBA #04--046-2223930 NOT TO EXCEED TWO IIUNDRED NINETY THOUSAND ($290x000) DOLLARS. and to bind American Fidelity Fire insurance company thereby as fully and to the Game extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the cluly author iced officers'of the American Fidelity Fire Insure^noe Company, and all the acts of said Attorney(s) pursuant to the authority herAin given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. IN WITHESB WHEREOF, the American Fidelity Fire insurance Company has caused these pr4sents to be signed by its President and/or its Vice-President, and its Corporate Seal to be hereto affixed. ~AN FIUELI FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY SEAL .~i! LUT TER li. W I'~IAMS, PRESIDENT STA1'!a Or NEW YORK) SS: COUNTY OF NASSAU ) On this 27th day of OCTOBER 19 770 before 0e subscriber, n Notary z Piblic^of the State of New York in and for the County of. Nassau duly com- .a ..a ..t: r:..~ ♦.nnrlr~n n arrr r r>t„r .c Y r.w~~ ® A1IERICAN INDEHNITY COMPANY ❑ AMERICAN FIRE AND INDE)INII-Y CWIPANY M Galveston, Texas CERT1ricAY1: or INNURANCE liovernber 2, , ;e~7 'T'his is to certify that the fidlowing described policies have been issued And are in full force and effect. v erne of Insured: Marriott Bros., Inc. P.`1J. Address of Insured: P.O. Box 29672, Dallas, Texas 75229 teeup+atinn or Ilusinese: Paving Contrcators ovation of Premises or Operations: 11300 Kline, Dallas> Texas 75229 ~:scription of operations or vehicle insured: Denton Municipal Airport improvement phase 1i2, FAA Protect 95-48-0067-05. KIND otr INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER - DATE M„ LIMITS OF LIABILITY EFFECTIVE 1;XPIRATION ;~QQ•000 esch occurrence UBLIC LIABILITY LA 357 5548 6-16-77 6-6-7$ I500,000 ~4greg~ie eodtt) taiury f $100,000 .i.ch occurrence Property Damage r $1001000 .Igreg~te A UT'OXOHILE LIABILITY 250 000 ;.r!.~ etclr Perron n rr n n u u Bodily Injure ~ - -.ach occurrence Property Llsmelte S~Q.00 ---•ach occurrence i OTHER INSURANCEi n rr „ $500,000 Contractual Lia. If, during the period of coverage, the above policies are canceled or amended In any way which would (feet coverage thereunder, tea----days written notice thereof will be given to City of Denton and shall include as addrl insyreds in such at whose Denton, Texas BA,l geg! Owners,En ineers, and their 1 e-eQuest this certificate is issued. g '1'1113 Certificate of Insurance neither affirmatively or negatively arnends,1extends or alters the coverage afforded by any policy described herein. -'-''ter -_L,__ ~2~' )ate.. ---_t~Qx eY 3im Clare-L ssoot:~i41~'l14 faro..-e.~i»r ~I. 6ri5 511 975 ~ ti~ CITY OF DENION, TEXAS DENTON KJNICI?AL AIRPORT AIRPOR'T' IMPROVEMENTS PHASE II SPECIAL CONDITIONS u1;.01 GENERAL The provisions of this section of the specifications shall govern in tho event of any conflict between them and the "General Conditions of Agreement". AC.02 ENO3 KEER The word "Engineer" in these specifications shall be understood as referring to Shimek, Jacobs and FinYlea, Consulting Engineera, 1300 Adolptwu 7hlb'er, Dallas, Texas, Engineer of the Owner, or such other representatives -so may he authorized by said owner to act in any particular position. 60.03 LOCATION OF PROJECT Thi9 project is located at the north end of the Denton Municipal Air- port.. A location map is included in the plans. 60.04 SCOPE OF WORK The work to be pez1ormed under this contract consists of furnishing all materials, labor, supervision, equipment, arxi all incidentals required, and performing all work necessary for the extension of the north end of the V-:1 Run- way 850 feet, extension of the parallel taxiway, medium intensity runway lighting system and relocation of the VASI on the north and of the Denton Muni:ipal Air- port. SC.05 Fo%MS, PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Forms of Pr,posal, Contract anal Bonds, and Plans and Specifiraticns may he obtained from the office of Shimek, Jacobs and Finklea, Consulting Engineers, 130') Adolphus Tower, Dallas, Texas, upon deposit of•Thirty Dollars ($30.00) per t The sum deposited will be refunded, provided the prospective bidder complies with one of the following requirements: (a) If no proposal is sutmittedi All documents must be returned in good order to the above office not later than forty-eight (48) lours after the time and date of receiving proposals; or (b) If proposal is sulmittedc All documents except proposal forms submitted as bid must be returned in good order to the ;hove office within fif- teen (15) days after the time and date o' receiving proposals. Provided the prospective oidder complies with notther of the two above 10,4(irements, the sum deposited shall became the property o' the City of Denton, x16. :~'.F7G EXAMINATION OF SITE OF PROJECT Prospective bidders shall make a careful examination of the site of the [-inject, conditions to be en^_ountered, improvements to be Frotectid, and require- monts for keeping the airport operational during construction. ' St'. 07 ZALIFICATION OF LOW BIDDER Before being awarded a contract, the low bidder shall submit such evi- dunce as the Engineer may require to establish his financial responsibility, ex- porience and possession of such equipment as may be needed to prosecute: the work in an expeditious, safe and satisfactory manner. r Should the low bidder fail to produce evidence satisfactory +.o the Engineer on any of the foregoing paints, he may be disqualified and the work award- cd to the nex•c low bidder so qualifying. FC.08 AWARD OF CONTRACT t It is the intention of the owner to award a oontrac:t on the basis of the lowest acceptable bid submitted by a qualified bidder, as determined by the Owner. The right is reserved, as the interest of the Owner may require, to reject any and ' all bids and to waive any informality in bids received. The City of Denton will. notify the successful bidder, in writing, within Thirty (30)days after the date of receiving bids, of its acceptance of his proposal. ' The Contractor shall complete the execution of the rewired Bonds and Contract within ten (10) days of such notice. sc:,09 TIME ALLOTTED FOR COMPLETION All items of work included under this contract shall bfS completed within unc hundred-eighty(180) consecutive calendar days, which time shall cco mence on the tenth (10th) day after the issuance of the Work Order. The Work Order shall consist of a written request by the Engineer for the Contractor to procacd wSth construction of the project. q BC.10 ADDENDA Bidders desiring further information, or interpretation of the plans and sepcifications, must make request for such information to the Engineer prior to forty-eight (48) hours before the bid opening. Answers to all such requests vill be given in writing to all bidders in addendum form and all addenda will be bound ' with and made a part of the contract documents. No other expl.snation or interpre- tation will be considered officie.l or biniing. Should a bidder find discrepancies in, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Eng!- ' veer in order that a written addendum may be sent to all bidders. Any addenda issued prior to twenty-four (24) hours of the opening of bids will bo mailed or delivered to each Contractor contemplating the submission of a proposal on this work. The proposal as sulmittr.,] by the Contractor will be so constructe3 as to include any ' addenda if such are issued by the Engineer prior to twenty-four (24) hours of the opening of bids. SC-~ ' fit', 11 LIWIDATM DAMAGES FOR DELAY SY CONTRACTOR The Contractor agrees that time is of the essence of this contract and ' Ih.nt for each day of delay beyond the date agreed upon for the completion of rill Items of work herein specified and contracted for (after due allowance for nu,lh extension of time as is provided for in the General c4,nditions of Agreement); t)in Owner may withhold permanently from the Contractor's total compensation thr k+u~n of one Hundred 1:,ollars ($100.00) per day as stipulated damages for each day. '.12 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED i Five (5) sets of plans and specifications shall Le. furnished to the "on tractor, at no charge, for construction purposes. If plans have been reduced 1.u one-half size, three (3) sets of those, together with twc) (2) sets reproduced 6n the original scale, shall constitute the five (3) sets of plans furnished to the Otontractor. Additional copies may be obyained at cost of reproduction upon request. f)C.13 STATE AND CITY SALES TAXES The Contractor's attention is directed to Amendment No. 7 to Section 6a, Article 20.01, Chapter 20, Title 122A, Taxation-General of the Revised Civil Sta- tutes of Texas. This amendment provides that all items used or consumed by a contractor, whether incorporated into the project or not, can be purchased free of state and City sales tax when the project is being performed for an exempt agency. Included Are equipment rentals and other items which are consumed by the Contractor but are not incorporated into the project. This contract iE issued by an agency which qualifies for exemption pur- suant to the provisions of Article 20.04 (f) of the Texas Lin+ited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. The Contractor performing this contract may purchase, rent, or lease all materials, supplies, equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract ,r ibbui,ty w lots Nuppliut nn rxemyiiuri certificate in lieu of the.t)+x, dAt"p- tion certificate complying with State Comptroller's ruling #95-0.07. Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall he subject to the provisions of the State Comptroller's ruling #95-0.09 as amended to be of- furtive October 2, 1968. 1C',14 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS Where reference is made in these specifications to. specifications compiled by others, such reference is made for expediency and standardization from the material supplier's point of view, and such specifications referred to are hereby made a part of these specifications. GC.15 • TRADE NAMES AND MATERIALS No material which has been use:: by the Contractor for any temporary pur- pose whatever is to be incorporated in the permaisent structure without written con- sent of the Engineer. `SC • 3 Where materials or equipment are specified by a trade or brand name, it in not the intention of the owner to discriminate against an equal product of ' another manufacturer, but rather to set a definite standard of quality or performance, ~ua.t to establish an equal basis for the evaluation of bids. Where the words "equt- ~Ilont", "proper", or "equal to" are used, they shall be understood to mean that the Ihiny referred to shall be proper, the equivalent of, or equal to some other thing, Iii the opinion or judgment of the Enf)ineer. Unless otherwise specified all materials }dull be the, best of their re.spcctive kir.d:i and shall be in all cases fully equal to 111,1,roved samples. Notwithstanding that tLe words "or equal to" or other such expres- filons may be used in the specifications in connection with a material, .unufactured s►licle or process, the material, article or Process specifically designated shall ho used, unless a substitute shall be approved in writing by the Engineer, and the FwA veer shall have the right to require the use of such specifically designated n.llerial, article or process. fin, 16 PERMITS Aid) RIGHT-OF-WAY The Owner will provide rights-of-way for the purpose of construction without Cost to the Contractor by securing permits in areas of public -sedication or by ob- taining easements across privately owned property. It shall be the responsibility Of the Contractor, prior to the initiation of construction on easements through pri- vate property, to inform the property owner of his intent to begin construction. i ' Wore beginning construction in areas of public dedication, the Contractor shall in- fo:m the agency having jurisdiction in the area forty-eight (48) hours prior to initiation of the work. AC. 17 PROPERTY LINES AND MONUMENTS The Contractor shall protect all property corner markers, and when any such markers or monuments are in danger of being disturbed they shall be properly referenced anA if disturbed shall be reset at the expense of the Contractor. ' r(:,18 EXISTING STRUCTURES T:a pla,.G shrvw the location of all known surface and subsurface structures. i!owever, the owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all of these structures on the plans, or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure shall not be considered sufficient basis for clalmn for addi- 1 tir•nal compensation for extra wor): or for increasing the pray quantities in any man- no.r whatsoever. unless the obstruction encountered is such as to necessitate changes In the lines or greA?,.-, or require the building of special work, provisions for which ure neat made in the plans and proposal, in which case the provisions in these speci- fications for extra work shall apply. Le.lg EXISTING UTILITIES AND SERVICE LINES The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all existing utilities cr service lines crossed or exposed by his construction operations. Where existing utilities or service lines are cut, broken or damaged, the Contractor shall replace the utilities or service lines with the same type of original construction, or better, at his own cost and expense. Power poles which interfere with the pro- posed improvementu shall be relocated by the power company. r SC-4 SC „j0 PUBLIC UTILITIES AND OTHER PROPERTY TO BE CHANG_f* ' In case it is necessary to change or move the property of any owner or of a PUbllc utility, suck, property shall not be moved or interfered with until autho- rixaA by the utility company and approved by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owner of public utilities to enter upon the limits of the project for the pur- I"' 0 of making such changes or repairi, of their property that may be made necessary 11Y the performance of this contract. x'';.21 FENCES, DRAINAGE CHANNELS AND CROP DAMAGE Boundary fences or other improvements removed to permit this construction 11,111 he replaced in the same location and left in a coM ition of grade and cross t,hction after the work of construction is completed. t 1101,;.22 PROJECT MAI,fENANCE The Contractor shall maintain, and keep in good repair, the improvements cluvered by these plans and specifications during the life of his contract. 90.23 CLEANUP During Construction. The Contractor shall at all times keep the job,site as free from all material, debris and rubbish as is practicable and shall remove same from any portion of the job site when it becomes objectionable or interferes ' with the progress of the project in the opinion of the Engineer or the Owner, Fin31. upon completion of'the work, the Contractor shall remove from the nits all plant, materials, tools and equipment belonging to him and leave the site ' with an appearance acceptable to the Engineer an,i the owner. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by him and shall deliver over such materials and equipment in a bright, clean, polished and new-appearing condition. GC.24 GUARANTY AGAINST DEFECTIVE WORK ' The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner against any repairs which may be- vome necessary to any part of the work performed under the contract, arising from defective workmanship or materials used therein, for a period of one (l) year from the date of final acceptance of the work. f;C.25 TESTING, INSPECTION AND CONTROL Observation of the Contractor's work to determine compliance with the plans and specifications will include testing of mate_rial installed on the project. Tv.,iting of work performed and materials furnished shall be done by a commercial laboratory employed by the Owner. The Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, ill necessary specimens for •esting of the materials. if the Contractor fails to meat specified conditions by the second test, further tests shall be at the expense of the Contractor. t;C.26 COORDINATION WITIi OTRERS In the event other contractors are doing work in the same area simul- taneously with this project, the Contractor shall coordinate his proposed construc- tion with that of the other contractors. F^.-5 r r 1 BARRICADES, LIGHTS hND WATCHMEN Within the limits of the work under this contract, the Contractor shall, A# fils own cos; and expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights, ' an•1 clangor signals, shill provide such watchmen, and shall. provide such other pre- C11"i.ionary rearu-es for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are rLutipFSary. Barricades s;.all be painted in a color that will be visible at night. F1s„n sunset to sunrtse, the Contractor shall furnish and rnaSntain at least one light Al i-ach barricade ana sufficient r,umbers of barricades shall be erected to keep v.-iii+:les from being drivei on or into any work under construction. The Contractor ~,Inll furnish watchman in sufficient numbers to protect the work. ' The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, lights and watchmen to protect it and whenever evi- darie;e is found of such damage the Contractor shall immediately remove the damaged lOottion and replace it at his cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights, and for providing watchmen ' 011411 not cease until the project shall have been accepted by the Owner. SC,20 DISPOSAL OF WASTE AND SURPLUS EXCAVATION ' All trees, stumps, slashings, brush or other debris removed from the site as a preliminary to the construction shall be burned or removed from the property. Any required disposal permits shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. All excavated earth in excess of that required for backfiliing shall be stockpiled on the airport property for use in constructing improvements to the air- port. SC.29 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements for securing and trang.n•.ting all water required in the construction. ' SC.30 INSPECTION The word "Inspection", or other forms of the word, as used in the Contract Documents for this project, Shall be understood as meaning the Engineer will observe the construction on behalf of the owner. Tha Engineer will observe and check the construction in sufficient detail to satisfy himself that the work is proceeding in general accordance with the Contract Documents, but he will not be a guarantor of the Contractor's performance. SC.31 LIGHTS AND POWER ' The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, temporary lighting and parer facilities required for the proper prosecution of the work. ' SC.32 INSURANCE Before the Contractor commences work in connection with this contract, or ' before he allows any subcontractor to commence any work, he shall purchase compre- hensive general liability insurance with bodily injury limits of not less than $300,000 each occurrence and 5300400 in the aggregate, and property damage limits of pot less than $50,000 each occurrence and $50,000 in the aggregate, and shall in- clude as an additional insured in such poli.y the Owner, the Engineer, and their agents and employees as additional insureds. At the Contractor's option he may furnish an ' SC-6 Owners and Contractor's Policy with the Owner as insured and the Engineer, their agents and employees as alditional insureds. The Contractor shall furnish a certificate of insurance for the above coverage with a provision that the owner will be notified by the insurance company tan days (10) prior to cancellation of the policy during the term of this contract. ' SC.33 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKING Construction layout and staking for this project shall be performed in accordance with paragraph 50-06 of General Provisions, Section 50, CONTROL OF WORK. SC.34 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall have on the project at all times, as his agent, a competent Superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and thoroughly experienced in the type of work being performed. The Superintendent shall have full authority to execute criers P- directions and to promptly supply such materials, equipment, toots, labor and incidentals as may be t required. Such superintendence shall be furnished irrespective of the amount of work subcontracted. The Superintendent and the Contractor shall be responsible for all work e performed by the subcontractor at all times during construction. SC.35 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Prior to starting work, the Contractor shall submit a proposed schedule for the work included herein and shall submit any major revisions to this schedule ' as the project progresses. This schedule shall provide for completion of the pro- ject within the time provided in the specifications. SC-7 1 rr SPECrAL PROVISION AIR AND WATER TOUL MI CONTROL DESCRIPTION: ' This work shall consist of control measures as shown on the plans or ordered by the engineer during the life of the contract to control air and water rollut<on, through use of berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, fiber oats, netting, gravel, imilches, grasses, slope drains, and other control devices or methods. The pollution control provisions contained herein shall be coordinated with the permanent control features specified elsewhere in the contract to the extent practical to assure economical, effective ' and continuous control throughout the construction and preconstruetion period. MATERIAIB: a. Mulches may be hay, straw, fiber mats, netting, wood cellulose, corn or tobacco stalks, bark, corn cobs, wood chips, or other suitable materials acceptable to the engineer and shall be reasonably clean and. free of noxious weeds and deleterious materials. b. Slope drains may be constructed of pipe, fiber mats, rubble, r Portland Cement Concrete, bituminous concrete, plastic sheets, or other material acceptable to the engineer that will adequately control erosion. ' c. Grass shall be a quick growing species (such as rye grass, italian rye grass, or cereal grasses) suitable to the area ' providing a temporary cover which will not later compete with grasses s rnm or otherwise Planted for later cover. d. Fertilizer and soil conditioners shall be a stendard commerical grade acceptable to the engineer. e. Others as specified by the engineer. ' Such work may involve the construction of temporary berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, slope drains, and the use of temporary mulchts,mats, seeding, or other control devices or methods as necessary to control water erosion and to apply methods, similar in nature, to control air pollution as practicable. Cut slopes shall be seeded and mulched as the excavation proceeds to the extent considered desirable and practicable. r 2 The contractor will be required to incorporate all permanent erosion control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in his accepted schedule. Temporary pollution control measures will be used to correct conditions that develop during construction that were not foreseen during the design stage; that are needed prior to installation of permanent pollution control features; or that are needed temporarily to control erosion that developes during normal construction practices, but are not associated with permanent control features on the project. Where erosion is likely to be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations should be so scheduled and performed that grading operations and permanent erosiott control features can be followed immediately thereafter ' if the project conditions permit; otherwise temporary erosion control treasures may be required between successive construction, stages. Under no conditions shall the surface area of erodible earth material exposed at one time by clearing and grubbing, exceed 750,E square feet without approrol by the engineer. The engineer will limit the area of excavation, borrow and embankment ' operations in progress commensurate with the contractor's capabilit7 and progress in keeping the finished grading, mulchin Reeding, and other such permanent pollution control measures current in ,rdance with the accepted schedule. Should seasonal limitations make such coordination unrealistic, temporery erosion control measures shall be taken immediately to the extent feasible and justified. ' Under no conditions shall the amount of surface area of erodible earth material exposed at one time by excavation, borrow or fill within the right-of•vay exceed 750,000 square,feet without prior approval by the engineer. The engineer may increase or decrease the amount of surface area of ' erodible earth materials to be exposed at one time by clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow and fill operations as determined by his analysis of project conditions. The contractor will not be permitted frequent fording of live streams with construction equipment; therefore, temporary bridges or other structures shall be used whenever an appreciable number of stream crossings are necessary. All vatervays will be cleared by the contractor as soon as practicable ' of falsevork, piling, debris, or other obstructions placed during construction operations and not part of the finished work. Water from aggregate washing or other operations containing sediment shall be treated by filtration, a settling basin or other means sufficient to reduce the sediment content to not more than that of the stream into which it is discharged. Pollutants, f;.Lls, lubricants, bitumen,, raw sewage and other harmful materials, will not be discharged into near rivers, streams, and impoundments or into natural or mwx ade channels leading thereto. wssb water or waste from concrete mixing or coring operations shall not be allowed to enter live streams. Under no conditions shall tires, oils, asphalt, paint, ur coated metals be permitted in combustible waste. piles. Under no conditions shall burning be permitted within 1000 feet of a residential or built-up area. Burning will not be permitted 1rnless the prevailing wind is away from a nearby town or built-up arsa. ' Burning will not be permitted during a local air invereton or other climatic condition as would result in a pall of smoke over a nearby town or built-up area. Burning will not be permitted when the danger of brush or forest fires is made known by state, local or Federal officials.- The size and number of fires shall be restricted to avoid the danger of brush or forest fires. Fires shall have reasonable surveillance ' and countermeasures shall be available to guard against such dangers. Control of d+tst and other air pollutants is the responsibility of the contractor. Like provisions applicable to dust, air bonie materials ' as carried by the wind apply equally to the water erosion conditions stated. Dust collecting and dust precipitating equipment end raterials applicable are to be incorporated as needed. lUsting conditions will be controlled through temporary mulch with or without Reeding, voter application by spr;nkler trucks, covering of haul vehicles, stabilizing agents in solution, dust pallatives, pene- tration asphalt on temporary roads, wood chips, plastic sheeting, but 1 i 1 I r ' mainly through the scheduling of work and the controls needed to minimize exposure to dusting conditions. Tha engineer may increase or decrease the restrictions during his analysis u; the proj.ct conditions. rn the event of conflict between these requirements and pollution control laws, rules, or regulations of other Federal or State or local agencies, the more restrictive laws, rules, or regulations shall apply. ffMOp OT ~ 4W AND PAV : In the event that temporary erosion and pollution control measures ti are required due to the contractor's negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls an a part of the work as I scheduled, and are ordered by the engineer, such work shall be performed by the contractor at his own expense. Temporary erosion and ?ollution control work reejuir&% which is not attributed to the contractor's negligence, carelessnesa or failure to install permanent controls, will be performed as ordered by the engineer. 'Where the work ro be performed is not attributed to the contractor's negligence, carelessness or failure to install permanent controls and falls within the epecilicatione for P. work item that has a contract price, the units of work sl,i11 be paid for at the proper contract price. Should the work not be comparable to the r:olect work under the applicable contract items, the contractor shall be ordered to perform the work on a force account basis, or by agreed unit prices. In case of repeated failures on the part of the contractor to control erosion,,pullutiuu, acid/or siltration, the ewer reserves the right to employ outside assistance or to use his own forces to provide the necessary corrective measures. Such incurred direct cost plus appropriate engineering and administrative costs will be charged I ,'.o the contractor and appropriate deductions made from the contractor's progress estimate. Temporary pollution control may include construction work outside I the defined work area where such work is necessary as a result of burrov pit operations, haul roads and equipment storage sites. 'i'he cc+ntrol features installed by the contractor shall be aceeptab'ay r maintained by the contractor. OPSITARY CIL_ITIES~: The eontr~%ctor shall provide suitable sanitary facilities for use of bin employees and inspection personnel. Such facilities, temporary or permanent, shall meet local sanitary codes, and ray jiot contritute untreated sewage to any dry or flowing watercourse. There will be no separate payment for this item. A A 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 A DIVISION I A GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 ' DEFINITION OF TERMS ' Whenever the following terns are used in these specifications, in the contract, in any documents or other ittatruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall to interpreted as follownt A 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. ' 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. rho right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon cor.•aicting the airport to a public highwpy. ' 10-03 _ADAP. The Airport Development Aid Program, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation.Administration.' A 10-04 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be perfc .z^! :.:d ,a.crialz tc be fu nlghed: 10-05AIR OPERATIONS AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the A term air operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or Intended tom used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft, and includes its buildings and facilities, if any. A 1 DIV I Page 1 A AC 150/5370-10 10/24114 DEFINITION OF TERMS 10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Matortais. 10-08 AWARD. The acceptance by the owner, of the successful bidder's , proposal. 10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Every dny shown on the calendar. 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the contractor Lovering changes in the Plana, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the wor;c affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, shall be within the ' scope of the contract. 10-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to: The Advertisement; The Contract Form; The Proposal; The Performance Bond; The Payment Bond; any required insurance certificates; The Specifications; The Plans; and any addenda issued to bidders. 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY I9EM A sppaific unit of work for which a i price is rrnvlAed in the contract. ' 10-15 CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in Page 2 DIV I 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 r DEFINITION OF TERMS the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be completed by that date. 10016 CONTRACTOR. The individual, partnerships firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment lawfulfagall entseorlemdebts ployeeartoicompletetthewcontract workairectly or through gh 10-1.____7 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are, collected and conducted from the airpor'E area. 10-18~. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly authorized by the owner (sponsor) to be responsible for engineering supervision of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representative. ' 10-19 E UIPMENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for Q upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. ® 10-2 T~ NOS. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract ■ va previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which 1,4 found by the engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. 10-2____ 1 _ FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U. S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a representative, shall mean the Administrator or his duly authorized 10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal Specifications and Standards, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by ' the Ginaral Services Administration of the Federal Government. They may be obtained from the Specifications Activity, Printed Materials Supply Division, Building 197, Naval Weapons Plant, Washington, D. C. 20407. ntv l Page 3 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 DEFINITION OF TERMS 10-23 INSPECTOR. An authorized representative of the engineer assigned to make all necessat ins ections and/or tes Y p is of the work perforated or being performed, or of the materials furnished or being f+rnished by the contra tor. ' 10-24 INTENTION OF TERMS. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the Words directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed," ot•l,o H,% of the like import are used, it shall ' be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the engineer is intended; and similarly, the j words "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," or words of like import, j shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the engineer subject in each case to the final determination of the owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the ' contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of tht entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. ~I 10-2$ J.ABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the engineer. ' 10-21 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport builnings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, floodlights, and illuminttittg devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-27 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS, A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the totai cneL of which is equal to or greater than 10 percent of the total amount of the awarded contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-28 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract Work. t page 4 DIV I 10/24/74 AC 150/5310-10 ' DEFINITION OF TERMS 10-29 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. 10-30 OWNER (SPONSOR). The term owner shall mean the yarty of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract. For ADAP contracts, the term sponsor shall have the same meaning as the term owner. I 10-31 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course. and su5base a course, if any, considered as a single unit. ' 10-32 PAYMENT BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 1 10-73 PERFORMANCE BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guaranty that the contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-34 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions, approved by the engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. 10-35 PROJECT. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport. r 10-36 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. 10-31 PROP03AL CUARANTY. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract if his proposal is accepted by the owner. DIV I Page 5 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 DEFINITION OF TERMS ' 10-38 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft, 10-39 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the contract containing the written lirections and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract ' specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if Included in the contract physically. 10-40 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch Min;; inlets; retaining walls; cribbing, storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes, handholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexiblo and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-41 SUBORADE. The soil which forms the pave-gent foundation. -42 SUPERINTENDENT. The contractor's execut've representative who is ' present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-43 SUPPLEMENTAL ACREEW NT, A written agreement between the contractor ' and the owner covering: 1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25 percent, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract, or 2) work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. 10-44 SURETY. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the contractor, executing payment or performance bonds which are furnished to the owner by the contractor, 1 Page 6 DIV I 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-1.0 DEFINITION OF TFRNS 10-45 TAXIWAl. For tile purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the portion of the atr operations area of an airport that has been designated by ccnnpetcnt airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airpor't's runways or aircraft parking areas. ' The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, 10-46 WORK. and by n the ocothe ntract, plans, contractor's and performance of all duties n and sobligltions imposed convenient 10-47 WORKING A vorking day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Sutur& . of Sunday on AAch the normal working forces of the ' contractor may proceed with regular work for at least 6 hours toward completion of thi contract. Unless work is suspended for causes beyond the contractors control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the contractor's for.:rs engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an ' inspector, will be considered as working days. i N 1 Page 7 (Reserve Page 8) DIV I t 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' SECTION 20 ' PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS ' 20-01 ADVERTISEMENT (Notice to Bidders). An official notice to zoatractnrs stating the time and place for tho cabmission of sealed proposals on designated projects or proposed work. This notice shall contain a description of the proposed work, instructions to the bidder regarding proposal forms, proposal guaranty, plans, specifications, and the reservation of the right of the owner to roject any or all bids. ' 20.02 RESERM. 1 1 i I, I 1 DIY I Page 9 AC 130/331010 10/24174 PROPOSAL REQUIRETENTS AND CONDITIONS 20-03 CONTENTS OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The owner shall furnish bidders with proposal fords. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms aro t necessary parts and must not be detached. The plans, specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not. r t ' MAW ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FARMS. The owner reserves the right to refuse. to issue a proposal dorm to s prospective bidder should such bidder'be in d?fault for any of the following reasons: ' (a) Failure to comply dith any prequalification regulations of the owner, if such regulations are cited, or'otherwise includeds in the proposal as a requirement for bidding. (b) Failure to payo or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor formes contracts in forcq (with the owner) ai the time the owrar issues the proposal to a prospective bidder. (c) Contractor default under previous contracts with the owner. Page 10 DIV I 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 • PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS (d) Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the owner. 20-05 INTERPRETATION Or ESTIHATEO PROPOSAL QUANTITIES. An estimate of quantities of wort to tie done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal. It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award cf the contract. The ovaer does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond ex:,~tly therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character, location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or ' materials furnished in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is understood that the quantities may be increased or decreased as hereinafter withe thout subsection Section provided 40 in in any way titled invalidating the F unit bid prices. AND .SITE;. The bidder is 20-06 EXAMINATION OF PLANS SPECIt?ICATIONS, expected to carefully examine the site of the prtposed work, the proposal, plans, specifications, and contract forms. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality, and quantitloo of work to be performed, materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the proposed contract. The submission of a proposal. shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the proposed contract, plans, and specifications. 1 Boring logs and other records of subsurface investiQatinna an,' tpsis -c available for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to thu bidder, was obtained and is intended for the owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and agreed that each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which he may make or obtain from his examination ' of the boring logs and other records of ciibsurface investigations and testa that are furnished by the owner. t 20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. The bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms furnished by the owner. All blank spaces in the proposal forma must be correctly filled in where indiented for each and every item for which a ' DIV I P,tge Il i 1 11/24/74 ' AC 150/5370-10 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS ' quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written :ln ink or typed) both in words and numerals for which he proposes to do Bach pay item furnished in the proposal. case f conflict between words acd numerals, the words, unless obviously incorrect, The bidder shall sign his proposal correctly and in ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, his name ind post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall give the name of the State under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address4sofanthe president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a proposal agent shell file evidence of his authority to do so and that the signature ' is binding upon the firm or corporation. 20-08 IRT.t,~uLAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the ' following reasons: proposal owner's formnis a form alteredt,eortifnanyapart of furnishe4 by the owner, or l if the e form is detached. ' (b) If there are unauthorized additions, conditiora}, or alternate pay items, or irregularities of any kind which make the proposal incomplete, indefinite, or otherwise ambiguous. (c) If the proposa: does not contain a unit price for each pay item liete; in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the bidder is not regvl.:.: i (d) If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. (e) If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the owner. For ADA? contracts, proposals shall be considered irregular for any of the reasons stated and, in addition, if the proposal is "nonresponsive" with respect to the requirements as specified in the proposal form. DIV 1 ?Aga 12 r 10/24/74 AC 15015370-10 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS The owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the Lest interest of the owner and conforms to local laws and ordinancEs pertaintng to the letting of construction contracts. 20.09 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. Each separate proposal shall be accompanied by a certiffed check, or other specified acceptable collateral, In the amount specified in the proposal form. Such check, or collateral, shall be made payable to the owner. 1 r 1 ' 20-10 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by nail, preferably registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above, should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified in the advertisement r before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. r 20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVISION OF W)POPALS. A binder may withdraw or revise (by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the owner in writing or by telegram before the time specified for opening bids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advettisement before the time specified for opening all bids. r 20-12 PUBLIC OPFNINC OF PROPOSALS, Proposals shall be opened, and rea{i, Eublicly at th~~ time and place specified !.n the advertisement. Bidders, their authorized agents, and other interested persons arc invited to attend. r r Page 1? DIV I r AC ISO/S370-10 10124/74 PROPOSAL REQUIRETIENTS AND CONDITIONS i r Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or telegraphic request) or received after the time specified for opening bids shall be returned to the ' bidder unopened. 20-13 DISQUALIFICATION OP BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered r disqualified or any of the following reasonst (a) Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or corporation under the same or different name. (b) Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such r collusion shall be disqualified as bidders for any future work of the owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the owner as a qualified bidder. (c) If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason specified in the subsection titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORTIS of this section. r . r r r r r Pala 14 DIV I r Nomm"WIM M 10,24,74 AC 150,5310-10 • SECTION 30 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ' 30-01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposal; are publicly opened and read, thsy~ will be comp!.red on the basis of the eu=lation of the products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the ' proposal by the unit bid prices. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers, the unit price written in words shall govern. i Until the award of a contract is made.-the owner reserves the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following ressonsi ' (a) If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection titled IRRECULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. (b) If the bidder is disqualified for any of the ressona specified in the subsection titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20, e Lt addition, until the award of a contract is made, the owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals; waive technicalities. if such waiver is in the best interest of the owner and to in conformance with applicable ' State and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts) advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise. All such actions shall promote the owner'o best interests. i ,30-02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within 30 calendar days of the date specified for publicly opening proposala, unless otherwise specified herein. Award of the contract shall be made by the owner to the lowest, qualified bidder whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the owner. i 1 i ' DIV I Page 15 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 AWAX) AYD EXECUTION r1F' CONTRACT 30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all patties and is I approved by the owner in accordance with the subsection titled APPROVAL OF 0ONTRAt.7 of this section. 30-04 kETURN OF p_PROPOSAL CUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those of Me `two lowest btddera, will be returned immediately after the owner has made a cotrparison of bids as hereinbefore specified in the subsection titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of this section. Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the owner until such time as an award is made, at which time, the unsuccessful bidder's proposal guaranty wall be ' returned, The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the owner receives the contract bonds as specified in the subsection titled MQUIIZMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. ' 30-03 REE UIR&,;NENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the I contract, the successful bidder hall furnish the owner a surety bond or bonds which have been fully.,executed by the bidder and his surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all,legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the owner. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the surety bond or bonds shall be in a scm equal to the full amount of the contract. 1 I ' I 30-06 EXECUTION f1F CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign (execute) the necessary agreements for entering into the contract nrd return such signed contract to the owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection titled RFQUIRrX.NTS OF C04TRACT ROVOS of thia section, within 15 calendar dnya from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful kidder. If the contract is mailed, Npecinl I handling lrj recommended. I Naga lb ntv I r 10/24/lA AC 150/5370-10 v AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT r 30-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful biddet, the ownett shall complete the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ' ordinances, and return the fully executed contract to the contractor. Delivety of the fully executed contract to the contractor shall constitute the owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the r terms of the contract. r 30-08 FAILURE TO E7fECUTE CONT Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and urnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within thti 15 calendar day period specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section shall be just cause f.r cancellation of r the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not ss a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the owner. 1 rr r 1 I r r r d1V I Page 11 (Reserve page 18) 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' SECTION 40 SCOPE OF WORK 40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The Intent of the contra.i is to provide for construction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. It is furthar intended that the contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transport+tion, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract. 40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK A'D QOANTITIGS. The owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable .liner. Unless otherwise specified herein, the engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may innrease or decrease the originally awarded contract quentities, provided that the aggregate of ' such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based ra the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract), Alterations which do not exceed the 25 percent limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been it part of the orApIgal contract. These alterations which are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by "Change Orders" issued by the engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where, in the engineer's opinion, such extensions are ' commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should thn aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation ' hereirbeforo specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the owner and the contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contact item that required a supplemental agreement, tita owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion. MY Pago 1. 7-77-77 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 SCOPE OF WORK i ' 40-03 OMITTFD ITEMS. The engineer may, in the owner's best interest, omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement. Should a contract item be emitter' or otherwise ordered to be nonperformed, i thr contractor shall be paid for ill work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR ' OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90. ' 40.04 EXTRA WORK. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the contractor to perform ai: l,tem of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders ar supplemental agreemanta, the same shall ba called Extra Work. Extra work ' that is within the general scope of the contract shall b• covered by written change order. Change orders for such extra work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the ' requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion of such extra work. When determined by the engineer to be in the owner's best interest, he may order the contractor to proceed with extra work by force account as provided in the subsection titled P.4YI!:"fP, ?OR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOON. WORK of Section ' 90. Extra work that is necessary for''acceptable. !ompletion of the project, but is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract ' shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement as hereinbefore defined in the subsection titled SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10. agreement covered agwotit that is reement) shall be rtjected by the owner. (changeclaim order orysupplementalextra i i Page 20 DIY I r r 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 SCOPE OF WORK r 40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important consideration. It is understood and agreed r that the contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to his own operations and the operations of all his subcontractors as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section $0, It is further understood and agreed that the contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, ' and upon the airport as specified in the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 706 r With respect to his own operations and the operations of all his subcontractors, the contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifyingi personnel; equipments vehicles[ storage areas= and any work area or condition that may be hasardous to the operation ' of aircraft, fire-rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an- r existing road, street, or highway during the contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contrast, plans, and specifications, the contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open ' to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic, The contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricae.es, warning signs, flagmen, and other traffic control devices in f reasonable conformity with the manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for r Streets and Highways (published by the United Stated Government Printing I Office), unless otherwise specified herein. The contractor shall also con. tract a„d riai.;eali, iu a safe condition any temporary connections ' necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets or highways, Unless otherwise specified herein, the contractor will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street, or highway, The contractor shall make his own estimnte of all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of r aircraft and vehicular traffic as specified in th1;, subsection. The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this r subsection shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shell be included in the varous contract items, r ' DIV I Pp. av 21 r a AC 150/3370-10 1Q/24/74 SCOPE OF WORK 40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered within the iehed lines, grades, or grading sections shell be removed by the contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified ' to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvageL', abandoned in place, reused in,the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included a in thi various contract items, Should the contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the engineer shall he notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of oxiating structures so encountered shalt be immediately determined by the engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS ' FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections es>-,,_.~shed for completion of the work) shall be utilized in the work a& therwise provided for in the contract and shell ' remain the property of ►he owner when so utilized in the work. I ' 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN 711t WORK. Should the contractor encounter any material such as but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, ' or grading sections, the use of which io intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his option eitheri ' (a) Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications appllc,ible co such usel or, (b) Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the engineer; or, ' Page 22 1 Drv I t 10/14/74 AC 150/5370-10 SCOPE OF WORK ' (c) Use such material for his own temporary construction on site; or, (d) Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. ' Should the contractor wish to exercise option (a), (b), or (c), he shall request the engineer's approval in advance of such use, ' Should the engineer approve the contractor's request to exercise option (a), (b), or (c), ~.ho contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price. The contractor shall replace, at his own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement ' material is needed to complete the contract work. The contractor shall not be charged for his use of such material so used in the work or removed from the site. Should the engineer approve the contractor's exercise of option (a), the contractor shall be patd, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract ' item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his exercise of option (a), (b), or (c). The contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or zFecifications ' 40-09 FINAL CLEANING Up. Upoi, completion of the wank and before acceptance ' and final psyment will be made, the contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. He shall cut all brush and wooda within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Haterial cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the contractor has obtained the written ' permission of such '•foperty owner. 1 DI4 1 Page 23 (Reserve Page 2,. i r . r a 10/24/.74 AC 150/5370-10 ' SECTION 50 ' CONTROL OF WORK ' 50-01 AUTHORITY OF '!11E ENGINEER. INEER. The engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner Of performance and rate of progress of the work. He shall decide all questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work, the fulfillment of the contract on the part of the contractor, and the rights of different contractors on the project. The engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for under the contract. 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably cloue conformity with the lines, grades, ' testing rsectional equirements cross that eare ospecified dimensional material requirements, in the contract, plans, or specifications. a If the engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, In his ' opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safetyo economy, durability, and workmanship acceptable to the owner, he will advise the owner of his determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the engineer will document his determination and recommend to the owner a basis of acceptance which will provide for an adjustment In the rnntzsct p;ic,6 fut ti,e affected portion of the work. The engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustmenta will he based on good engineering judgement and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in his opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered Ly contract modifications (change order or supplemental ' agreement) as applicable. If the engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans an(t,_. . :,50;'fluatlons and have resulted in an unaccepohle finished prod%tt, iiiu affected work or materials shall b3 removed and replaced or otherwise ' corrected by and at the expense of the contractor in accordance with the engineer's written orders. t DIV I Page 25 O AC 150/5370-10 10/24/)4 CONTROL OF WORK ' For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as vaiving tho c,-tractor's responsibility to compldte the work in accordance with the contract, plnns, and ' specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the engineer's r plans, ight to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, when, Innthe pengineer'sropinionq such compliance Is ressential to provide an acceptable finial 3 portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the engineer with the authority to use good engineering judgement in his determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and specifications. 50-03 COORMATION OF CAt"l_T_, PLANS, AN~ A SP~cIFICAl10N5. The contract, p anep cifications, and all referenced standards cited ure essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as ' binding as though nccurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract tPehnfral apociflestiurra di,eil gaveYn over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FM advisory circulars; contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for iateriala or testin3, and cited FAA advisory circulars; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulars. The contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the Plans or specifications. In the event the contrnrtnr discovers any w epparcast etror or 6sicrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the engineer for his interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. r Page 26 6IV i ter- - 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 CONTROL OF WORK 50-04 CO(}pERPT.ION OF CONTRACTQR. The contractor will be supplied with two r.op les each of the plans and specifications, lie shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of plays and specifications may be obtained by the contractor for the cost of repr.)duction. The contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the engineer and his inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The engineer shall Allocate the work and designate the sequence of construction in case of controversy between contractors. The contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all timen who is fully authorized as his agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and ahall receive and fulfill instructions from the engineer or his authorized representative. ' 50-05 COOPERATION AEIVEEN CONTRACTORS. The owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work ' covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of any one project, each contractor shall conduct hia work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other contractors. Contractore working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. ' Each contractor involved aliall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his contract and nliall protect and saver harmless the owner from any and all damages or claims that. way .v a' . because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced lo, him because of the presence and operations of other contractors working .within the limiter of the same project. i The contractor shall areange his work Ind shall place and dispose of the materials being uaed no as not to interfere with the operations of the other contractors within the limits of the same proj,.ct. Ile shall join his work ' with that of the others in an acceptable ninnner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. DIV ii page 27 SECTION 50-CONTROL OF WORK 0 Jill paragraphs shall apply with the following exceptions 50.06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. Delete the paragraph and substitute the followieg: The Contractor will perform the staking duriny construction of the work. ' It shall be the responsibility of the Contrantor to construct the work to the position and elevations as set out on thoi plans and approved changes. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor control points and ' bench marks and from the control points and bench marks established by the Engincer,,the Contractor shall establish and be responsible for the correctness of alignment, elevation and position of all constrvctio:n required by the contrtict. 1 The Engineer, may, at his option, make spot or complete chocks on all construction alignment and grades to determine the accuracy of the Con- 1 tractor's survey work. These checks, however, will not relieve the con- tractor of his responsibility of constructing the work to the positions and elevations as shown on the plans or approved changes. The Contractor shall furnish free of charge all stakes and other materials necessary to preserve control points for alignment and grade. ' Tho Contractor will be hold responsible for the preservation of all con- trol points established by the Engineer. ' No direct payment will be made for this work, but the cost of all labor, ectuipme.nt and auppliess necessary to perform the work shall be included in the contract unit prices bid for the various contrast items. 1 1 AC 130/5370-10 10/24/74 CONTROL OF WORK ' 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. Unless otherwise provided for in this subsection, the engineer shall furnish the contractor with all lines, grades, and measurements necessary to the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these specifications. The contractor shall satisfy himself as to the accuracy of all measurements before constructing any permanent structure and shall not take advantage of any errors which may have been made in laying out the work. Such stakes and markings as the ' engineer may set for either his own or the contractor's guidance shall be scrupulously preserved by the contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the contractor, or his employees, resulting in the destruction of such ' stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequeust estimates due the contractor at the discretion of the engineer. ' 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLEn CQM PMrNT. Whenever hatching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, .hc equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period of 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the contract. ' 50-08 AU711ORI7Y AND DUTIES OF IM ECTORS. Inspectorq employed by the owner shall be authorized to Inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary 0 the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the contractor. Inspectors employed by the owner are authorized to notify the contractor or his representative of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the re•luirements of the contracts plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the engineer for his decision. ' Page 28 DIV I 1 Ifis ' 10/24/74 AC 150/53,j-10 ' CONTROL OF WORM. ' 50-09 INSPECTION OF THE WORK. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to inspection by the engineer. The engineer shall be allowed acme,^s to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such ' information and assistance uy the contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. If the engineer requests it, the contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should ' the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work= but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing ' of the covering or making good of the ns,rts removed will be at the contractor's expense. Any work done or materials +;ded without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the contractor's expense unless the owner'r representative failed to ' inspect after havinS been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other ' modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) o%,-ier, authorized representatives of the owners of such facilities shall havL the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no a:nse make ' any facility owner a party to the contract, and shall in no way in"erfere with toe rights of the parties to this contract. ' 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND L*IAUTHORIZED WORK. All work whim'.. does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the engineer as provided In the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and ' replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection titled Contractor's Responsibility for Work of Section 76. DIV I Page 't; AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 CONTROL OF WORK 1 No work shall be done without lines and grades having been given by the engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for -ruder the provisions of the contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or rep)aced at the contractor's expense. ' Upon failure on the part of the contractor to comply forthwith with any order if the engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the engine.:r will have authority to cause unacceptable work to he remedied or ' removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the owner) from any monies due or to become due the contractor. t 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the contractor of liability for damage which may rssult from the moving of material or equipment. I The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to ' structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a ' concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his lJ hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his own expense. 50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING C(xVSTRUCTI03. The contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted, This ' maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained In satisfactory condition at all times. ' In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed, the contractor shall maintain the previous ' course or subgrade during all construction operations. All costsof maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items,and the contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. ' Page 30 DIV I 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 CONTROL OF WORK 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN TIIE WORK. Should the contractor at av.) time fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled }AINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the engineer shall immediately notify the ' contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. ' Should the contractor fail to respond to the engineer's notification, the engineer may suspend any work necessary for the owner to correct such ' unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the owner, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the contractor. ' 50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANC2. If at any time during the prosecution of the project the contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of ' tha work, the occupancy of which will benefit the owner, he may request the engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the engineer finds .ion inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance ' with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that urit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the 'contractor of presumptive ' completion of the entire project, the ingineer and owner will make an inspettion. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be completed in accordance with the contract, plans, ' and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The engineer shall notify the contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. ' If, haiever, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in parts as being unsatisfactory, the engineer will give the contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same, and the contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspectiol, provided the work. has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the ' engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. t DIV I Page 31 Ac 150/5370-10 10124/74 1 CONTROL OF WORK 50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. If for any reason the contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, he shall notify the engineer in writing of his ' intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. such otcoEorikeepingtstrictineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the contractor account of actual cost as required, then the contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the account of the cost of contractor and the fact that the the ' the kirk shall not in any y he 'construed validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the contractor shall, within 10 who toltheaownersforuconsiderationtin accordancehwithglocal lawswoilrlordipresent his subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the ' Nothing in contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences In measurements or computations. 1 1 1 Div I Page 32 1 10124/74 AC 150/5370-10 SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, c,zd specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such ra~terials that are manufactured or proceasEL shall be new (as comVaror.d to used or reprocessed). ' In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the contractor shall furnish complete statements to the engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such ' statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. ' At the enginter's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is started. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products, ' the contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA ' spec:ificrtion for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications, the contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: (a) Listed in the FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 15015345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment, that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and, ' (b) Produced by the manufacturer qualified (by FAA) to produce such specified and listed equipment. 1 ' DIV i Page 33 i r r AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 r CONTROL OF MATERIALS r r 1 ' 1 r 1 60-02 1AMPIES, TESTS AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. All materials used in the ' work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the engineer shall be performed at r the contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the engineer, shall be removed at the contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance ' with the cited standard methods of. AASHTO or ASTM which are current on the date of advertisement for bids will be made by and at the expense of the owner. Ssmplcs will be taken by a qualified representative of the owner. All materials being, used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at ' any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the contractor's representative at his request. ' 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of curtain materials or assemblies when accomr.%n1,,? by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate uhall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials ar assemblits delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance to which the lot is clearly identified. i Page 34 DIV i AC 150/5370-10 10/24/ 74 • CONTROL OF MATERIALS Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements will kc subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved ' by the engineer. 4Rien a material or assembly is Specified by "bratid name or equal" and the ' contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name," the contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such ' certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as tot (a) Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or ' dinensional requirements; and, (b) Suitability of the material or assembly for tue use intended in the contract work. Should the contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or assembly, ' he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. y miever, the engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed "or equal" is suitable for use in the work. The engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The engineer or his authorized representative mv..' inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to he used in the ' work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for his 1 acceptance of the material or assembly. Div I Page 35 AC 150/5370-10 10/24174 t ' CONTROL OF MATERIALS Should the engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions ' shall exist: (a) The engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. ' (b) The engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the ' materials being furnished. (c) If required by the engineer, the contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably. needed for conducting plant inspections. office or working spare should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. ' It is understood and agreed that the owner shall have the right to retest any material Oich has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. 60-05 ENCINEER'S FIELD OFFICE AND LABOW'%TORY. When specified aqd provided for as a contract item, the contractor shall furnish a building for the exclusive uae of the engineer as n fieil office and field testing ' laboratory. The building shall be furnie,hed and maintained by the contractor as specified herein and shall become property of the contractor when the contract work is completed. 1 ' 60-06 STORAGC OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their ase in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property ' shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown ' Page 36 DIV i ' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 CONTROL OF MATERIALS ' on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written ' permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the contractor shall furnish the engineer a copy of the property owner's permission. ' All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the contractor at his entire expense, except as ' otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the property. ' 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall by coneidorpd unacceptable and shall he rejected. The contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless ' otherwise instructed by the engineer. No rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected ' by the contractor, shall not be returned to the site of the work until such time as the engineer has approved its use in the work. 60-08 OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS. The contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except thole specified herein (if any) to he furnished by the owner. Owner-furnished materials shall he made available to tht contractor at the location specified herein. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the ' site of work, storage, and installing owner-furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such owner-furnished material is used. ' After any owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specifted,the contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies which may occur during the contractor's t handling, stora6e, or use of such owner-furnished material. The owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the contractor any cost incurred by the owner in making good such loss due to the contractor's handling, storage, or use of owner-furnished materials. ' DIV I Page 37 (Reserve ra-e 39) 1 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' SECTION 70 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The contractor shall keep fully informed of all ' Federal and State laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. He shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the owner and all his officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, decree, whether by himself or his employees. 70_02 PERHITS,_,LiCENS S~MD TAXES. The contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices ' necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. ' 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES MATERIALS AND PROCESSES. If the contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or procet+ covered by letters of patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use b, suitable The contractor and the surety 1¢8a1 agreement with the patentee or owner. shall indemnify and save harmless the owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use cf any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the owner for any costa, expenses, and damages whi-h it may be obliged to pay by preason ~of of ithe nfrwork.ent, at any time during the prosecution ur es+ti ► th 70-04 RESTORATION 07 SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any t public or private utility uervice, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAH) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated at. followat 1 Page Io D1V I I ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 LF..r,AL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC ' Owner Person to Contact Location (Name, Title, Address SUti1_ it_ y or Other Facility) See Plan Sheet No,) and Phone) i Except as listed above, the contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the enginee.i. Should the owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another government Agency he authorized to ' construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work, the contractor shall cooperate with such owners by arranging &nd performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such woconsrktructions Wheneorderedyastextrawworkebyetheoengineer, the contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for In the ' contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such t _ Page 40 DID I e 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 LEGAL RELATIUNS AND RESPONSIBILI1Y TO PUBLIC i 70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For AOAP contracts, the United States Government has agreed to reimburse the owner [or sumo portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the owner's (sponsor's) request to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's (FAA's) agreement with the owner, the owner has included ' provisions in this contract pursuant to the requiremeota of the Airport and Airway Development Act of 1970 (84 stat. 219), as amonded, and the Rules and Regulations of the Federal Aviation Administration that pertain to the work. i As required by the Act, tha contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the Administrator, 1'e%eral Aviation Administration and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, plans, or specifications. i No requirement of the Act, the rules and regulations Implementing the Act, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Goverrm<:nt a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with ' the rights of either party to the contract. 70-06 SANITARYs HISAL'ill, AND SAFLTY PROVISIMS. 7lic custtractor shall i provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his employees as may be necessary to .:owply with the requiremcozs of the State and local Board of Health, or of other hodles or tribunals i having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to Federal, State, and local laws, rules and regulations conc^rning construction safety and health standards. The ' contractor shall not requiru any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions which are, unsanitary, haEardouw, or dangerous to his health or safety, j i DIV I Page 41 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/ 74 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC e 70-07 PUBLIC CONVrNIENCE AND SAFLTY. The contractor ahall control his ' operations and those of his subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstance.;, safety shall be the most Important consideration. The contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his own operations and those of his subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled ' MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinhefore specified and shall limit such operations fsr the convenience and safe,y of the traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 ' hereinafter. ' 70-08 BARRICADES. WARNING SIGNS AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The contractor shall fu shy", a ect, and maintain all barricades, warning stgna, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. A en used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning sfgnn and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. t For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the contractor shall furnish, erect, ' and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highwaya (published by the United States Government Printing Office). When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or 3 portion of such area, the contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain e emporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5340-1, Marking of Paved Areas on Airports. ' The contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable ' conformance to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2, Safety on Airports During Construction Activity. The contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2. Page 42 DIV I ■ u ' 10/2417i AC 150/5370-10 ' LECAI. RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC The contractor Shall furnish and erect all barricaded, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work which requires such erection 1 and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the engineer. ' Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. 1 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Lontractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property, including new work. The contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner In cumpliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000 feet ' ftom the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy. The contractor shall notify each ptoperty owner and public utility company having structures or facilitten in proximity to the site of the work of his ' intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they may deem necessity to protect their property from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet of the airport property. 70-10 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The contr, nhall be responsible for the presiorvation of all public and private ' property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land mriuments and property marks until the engineer has witnessed or othetvise referenced their location and shall not move them until directs'. !'age ' 3 DIV 1 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' LFCAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC The contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of ' any character, during the prosecution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said ' responsibility will rot be released until the project shall have been completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury Is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the contractor, he shall restore, at his own ' expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise restoring ns may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or ' injury in an acceptable manner. ' 70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The contractor shall indemnify and save harmlesa the engineer and the owner and their officers, and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any purson, persons, or property ' on account of the operations of the contractor; or on account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or ' omission, neglect, or misconduct of said contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or . copyrloht: or frcn -nn„ chins or a;:vu. . me ..--i•.'... -b or r::: avc.ered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, urdinance, order, or decree. ' Money due the contractor under and by virtue of his contract as may be considered necessary by the owner for such puri~ose may he retained for the use of the owner or, in case no money is due, his surety may be held until ' such suit or suits, action or actions, claim or claims for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have beer. settlied and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the owner, except that money due the contractor will not be withheld when the contractor produced satisfactory evidence that he is adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. 7C-12 THIRD PARTY BrNEFICIARY C U%USC. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create the public nr anv member thereof a third party beneficiary or to authorize Anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit foe personal inj+jri,,:A or pto party damagv pursuant to the terms or provisions of thv contract. ' rage 44 DIV I 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC ' 70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for ' the contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work shall ba specified herein and Indicated on the plans. When so specified, the contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or befo-e the date specified or as otherwise specified. The contractor a'~all make his own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the owner as described below: ' Phase or Required Date or Sequence Work Shown Description of Owners Beneficial Occupancy_ on Plan Sheet 1 ' n c.,r;r1^.i,,n of my portion of the work listed above, such portion shall he accepted by the owner in accordanco with the subsection titled PARTIAL ' ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. Nn portion of tiie work miv be opened by the contractor for public uve until ordered by the cne;incvr in writing. Should it T+c!come necessary to open a ' portion of the, work to public trdffle on a temporary or intermittent basin, such openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the engineer, such portion of the work is iv an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work and shill not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the contract. Any 41,1mige r ' the portion of the work so opened that is not At.ributnhle to traffic which is permitted by the owner s!iall be repaired by Ov contractor at tits expense. 1 DIV I Pal 5 M M AC 150/5310 10/24174 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC The contractor shall make his own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing rho work under the conditions herein described and shall not clai,, any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract work. 70-14 CONTRACTOR'S kESPUVSIBILiTY FQR WORK. Until the engineer's final written acceptance of tite entire completed work, excepting only those ' portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the contractor shall have the charge and cats thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any ' part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecution of the work. The contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes ' before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except dame>,o to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the contractor, including byt not restricted to acts of Cod such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane or ether cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of governmontal authorities. ' If the work i4 suspendei for any cause whatever, the contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his expense. During such period of suspension of work, the Cu,ittncLua &%al l pivperly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all iivit.g material in newly eatabliaited plantings, seedings, and soddings furni4;ted under his contract, and shall take adequita precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative Growth against ' injury. 70-15 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY F[~R 1CIIl.IV SVIVICr, MID FACILITIES OF t OTHERS, As provided in the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of thit section, the contractor shall cooperate with the owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic ;In.' ' Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), or a utility service of another government agency that may be auth oritcd by the owner to construct, TetonsftucL or maintain such utility services or factlitiei; doting the progress of the work. In addition, the contractor shall control his operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility svrvice4 and facilities. ' Page 46 DIV i 1 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 1 LEGAL RELATIONS AJID RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 1'o the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility service:; of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans and the owners are indicated as follows: Utility Service Person to Contact Owner's Emergency 6 or Facility (Nzme, Title, Address, Pb ne Contact (Phone} 1 1 r r r r r It is understood and agreed that the owner does not guarantee the a.curicy or tale completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve existing features from d^imagetor unscheduled interruption of service. ' r It is further understood and agreed that the contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the owners of all utility services or other facilities of his plan of operations. Such notification shall be !n 1 1 Yo4r's 1.7 b1V 1 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC t writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided hereinbefore in this subsection and the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY ' OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the engineer. In addition to the general written notification hereinbefore provided, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to keep such individual owners advised of changes in his plan of operations tbet would affect such owners. ' Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the contractor shall again notify each such owner of his plan of operation. Ifs in the contractors opinions the owner's ' assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shall ' be given by the most expeditious means to reach tho utility owner's PERSON TO CONTACT no later than two normal business days prior to the contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The contractor shall 1 furnish a written summary of the notification to the engineer. The contractor's failure to give the two day's notice heruinabove provided shall be cause for the engineer to suspend the contractor's Operations in ' the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Where the outride limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on thou ground, the contractor shall he required to use excavation methods acceptable to the engineer within 3 feet of such outside limits at such points as may be required to Insure protection from damage due to the contractor's operations. Should the contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by acelde.it or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper ' authority and the engineer and si+all take All rea4on0le mcasnres to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The contractor, it! such events, shall cooperate witli the utility service or facility owner and the engineer ' continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The contractor shalt hear All costa of damage and restnr.ctiun of service t') Any utility service or facility due tO his operctitiona whether or not due to negligence or accident. Tree contract owner reserves the riKht to deduct such costa from any monleb due or which may become due the contractor, or his ' surety. Page 48 D1') I 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 LECAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-16 FURNISHING RIGHTS-OF-WAY. The owner will be responsible for ' furnishing all rights-of-way upon which the work is to ba constructed in advance of the contractor's operations. 70-17 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the engineer, his ' authorized representatives, or any official of the owner either personally or as ar, official of the owner. It is understood that in such matters they act solely as ageute and representatives of the owner. 70-18 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the contractor of final ' acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or estop the owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the owner be precluded or estopped from recovering from the contractor or his surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the contractor to fulfill his obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The contractor, without prejudice to the term's of the contract, shall be ' liable to the owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The contractor shall comply with all ' Federal, State,and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from ' particulate and gaseous matter. 1 i ' DIV I page A 1 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 1 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 1 1 1 70-20 ARCHMMOOICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified in t is subsection, the contractor is advised that the site of the work is 1 not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the currept Natiomal Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. 1 Should the contractor engounter, during his operations, any buildingt, part of a building, structure, or object which is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall tomadiately cease operations in that location and notify cl;~% 1 engineer. The engineer will immediately investigate the contractor's finding and will direct the contractor to either resume his operations or to suspend operations as directed. 1 Should the engineer order suspension of the contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the contractor 1 to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement) as provided in the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection titled POYMf;NT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT STORK of Section 40. If appropriate, the 1 contract modification shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EiTENSION OF CONTRACT TIRE of Section 80. 1 .IA Mn 1 1 1 i 1 1 Page 50 DIV I r ' r 10/24/74 AC 150,5370-10 r LEGAL REiATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 1 r I i r 1 1 r 1 , 1 r r r DIV I Page 51 (Reserve Page 52) 1 I 10/24/74 r~ .1(: l50/5370•.1.1 ' SI-CTION 8O PROSECU' H AND Pf`,(lt;rp;•;.; 1 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The owner will not rerognize any subcontractor on the work. The contractor shall at ntl times when work is in progress be represented either In person, by a ynallfie nlde ierintenL, or by other designated, qualified representative who is dul lya autthori horizezedto to receive and execute orders of the engineer. Should the contractor elect to „ssign his contrort, said asstwillient concurred in by the uurety, shall be presented for the. considcratiuna~ndl be s ' approval of the owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the owner. In case of approval, the contractor ub,(1.t file copies of '111 subcontracts with the engineer. ' 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The notice to which it is expected the contractor will beginethei~ccnstructionrani from which date contract timo will be charged. The contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days; of tht, date set by the engineer in the written notice to proceed, but In ;iny event, the contractor shall notify the engineer at least 24 holirse in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. 1 $0-03 PROSECUTION AND PROCFESS. Unless otherwise specified, this contractor shall submit his progress schedule for the engineer's approval within 10 'days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The contractor's ' progress schedule, when approved by the engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to ' guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specificattons within the time set forth in the proposal. It the contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the ' contractor shall, upon the engineer's requests submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify his operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, ar,d labor necessary to meet ' the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinue.' for any reason, the contractor shall notify the enptneer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. ' DIV I AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 PROSECIrrION AND PROGRESS For ADAP contracts, the contractor shall nut commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the owner. ' 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The contractor shall control his operationf and the operations of his subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport, When the work requires the contractor to conduct his operations within an ' AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport management (through the engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The contractor shall not close an AIR OPERATIONS AREA until so authorized by the engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection t:ltled BARRICADES, WAR141NO SICNS, AND HAZARD HARKINGS of Section 70. ' 14hen the contract work requires the contractor to work within an AIR 011ERATIONS AREA of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AIR OPERATIONS AREA), the contractor shall ' ,'Aintain constant communications as hereinafter specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AIR OPERATIONS AREA; Immediately obey c11 Instructions to resume work in such AIR OPERATIONS AREA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause ' for suspension of the contractor's operations in the AIR OPERATIONS AREA until the satisfactory conditions are Drovided. The following AIR OPERATIONS AREA (AOA) cannot b'e closed to operatin,3 aircraft to permit the ' contractor's operations on a continuous beiis and will therefore be closed to aircraft operations intermittently as follows., 1 Page 5f, DIV i ~i 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1 TIME PERIODS AOA 'T'YPE OF COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL AOA CAN BE CLOSED RE VIRED WHEN WORKING IN AOA AUTHORITY 1 1 The contractor shall not commence new work that would be prejudicial to work already started. ' 80-05 CHARACTER OF WO E MEYRODS AND E UIPMENT# The contractor shall, at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications. ' All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Vorkera engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in su.:h work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work vatisfactorily. ' Any person employed by the contractor or by any subcontractor vho, in the opinion of the engineer, does not perform hii work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or dioorderly shall, at the written request of the engineer, be removed forthwith by the contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work ' without the approval of the engineer. Should the contractor fail to remove such person or persons or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the DIV I Page 55 r AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 PROSEClfrION AND PROGRESS work, the engineer may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with siich orders. All equipment which is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition ns to meet requirements of the work and to produce a satisractory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. When the contract specifies the use at certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless othera are authorized by the engineer. If the contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract, he may request authority from the engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the ' condition that the contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the engineer determines that the work r produced does not meet contract requirements, the contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remainiv? work with the specified methods and equipment. The contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the engineer may direct. No change will be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or ' equipment under this subsection. , r 80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The engineer shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all proviotons of the contract. 1 1 Page 56 DIV I ' 10/14/74 AC 150/3370-10 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS In the event that the contractor is ordered by the engineer, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise g~ 1 contract and over which the contractor has no control. thedcontractor tmay be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of ' shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the engineer's order to suspend work to the effective date of the engineer's order to resume Oe work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the engineer within the time per lod stated in the engineer's order to resume work. The contractor sh c l submit with his claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The engineer will forward the contractor's claim to the owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No t provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request cf the contractor, or for any other delay provided for in the ' contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. He shall take every precaution to prevent damage or det4rioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. ' 80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar or working days allowed fo. completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. Should the contract time require extension :-,r reasons beyond the contractor's :ontrol, it shall be adjusted as allows: (a) CONTRACT TINE based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the engineer. T;ae engineer will furnish the contractor a copy of his weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of working days, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMEPITS covering EXTRA WORK). The engineer shall base his weekly statement of contract time charged on the following considerations: DIV I Page 57 r . AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 r PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS (1) No time shall be charged for days on which the contractor is r unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least 6 hours with th, normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double-shift, 12 ho+frs shall be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple-shift, 18 hours ' shall apply. Conditions beyond the contractor,'s control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the engineer for reasons not the fault of the contractor, shall not be charged against the contract time. ' (2) The engineer will not make char&es against, the contract time prior to the effective date of the notice to proceed. (3) The engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed. (4) The engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection titled FILIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. (5) The contractor will be allotted one week in which to file a ' written protest setting forth his objections to the engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the contractor. The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection titled INTERPRETATION OF ' ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUAN% TIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities then those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities ' bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the'extenslon of contract time that has been covered by change order or ' supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. IN (.b) CONTRACT TIME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall consist of the numbgr o ' calendar days stated irl the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and non-work days, All calendar dais elapsing between the effective dates of the engineer's orders to suspend ,nu r_jume all work, due to causes not the fault of the ' contractor, shall be excluded. 1 ' Page 58 DIV I 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' PROSECUTION ANo PROCRES', At the time of final payment, the contract time nhn11 be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in the contract time shall not consider (Ither the cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance. (e) When the contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially completed. ' If the contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request to the engineer for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he ' believes will justify the granting of his request. The contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the engineer finds that the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the contractor, he may extend the time for completion in such amount as the conditions justify. The extended time for completion shr.ll then be in full force and effect,the same as though it were the original time for completion. 80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIK,- For each.calendar day or working d as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after they ' -contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND E XIEN SIGN OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated ' damages will be deducted irom any money due or to become due the contractor or his surety. Such deducted sums shali nct be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages that ' will be incurred by the owner s:iould the contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided In his contract. Permitting the contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it ' after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a waiver or the part of the owner of any of its rights under the coat act. DIV i ' Page 59 AC 150/5310-10 10/24/14 ' PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1 80-09 DEFAULT AND 1rF1rINATION OF CONTRACT. The r.ontrnetor shall be considered in default of his contract and such defnult will be considered as ' cause for the owner to terminate the contract for any of the following roasons if tha contrtActor: ' (a) Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the "Notice to Proceed," or (b) Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, ' equipment or materials to assure completion of work in itccordance with the terms of the contract, or ' (c) Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anc++ euch work as may be rejected as unlcceptable and unsuitable, or ' Pagel 60 DIV I 10/24/74 AC 350/5170-10 PROSFCUriwi Mm Plto(.lct:';:; ' (d) Discontinues the prosecution of the! wutk, ur ' (e) Fails to resinne work which has been discunthlued within a reasonable time after notice to do sn, or ' (f) Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrui►t, ur commaits any act of bankruptcy or Insol;cncy, or ' (g) Allows any final judgement to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of 10 days, or (h) Makes an assignment for the bd+nefit of creditors, or (1) For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. Should the engineer consider the contractor lit dufoult of the contract fur any reason hereinbefore, he shall immediately give wri.;trn notice to the contractor and the contractor's surety as to tho ruaaons for considering the ' conttactor in default and the owner's intensions to terminate the contract. If the contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, ' does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the ukuer will, upon written notification from the enbinecr of the facts of sach delay, neglect, or default and the contractor's failure to comply.trlrh such notice, have full 1 power and authority without violating the contract, to take the prosecution of the work out of the hands of the contractor. Thcowuer may approptlate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter I,itu t,i axrcrrmcltt for th ' completion of said contract according to the term, ;►t►d provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the ciigloeur will he required for the completion of said contract in ^n acceptable manner. e All costs and charges incurred by the owner, together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will bo deducted from any monies due or ' which may become due the contractor. If such expense c-xceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, thee; the contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the owner the anwunt of stich excess. r DIV 'i Pegs 61 1 AC 15015370-10 10/24/74 PROSECUTION uN0 PROCRESS 80-10 TERMINATION F(lE I AT_IO'I, L FJU RCEN_CiF:S• The owner nh;ill terminate the ' contract or portion thereof by written notice when the (untractor is prevented frum proceeding with the construction contract a9 a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense. Hhen the contractor .,ny portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the conti2et, price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intont being that an ' equitable settlement will be made with the contractor, Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the contractor for the work and ' that are not incorporated in the work small, at the option of the contractor, be purchased from the contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records nt such points of delivery as may be ' designated by the engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the contractor of his responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it e relieve his surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim Orising out of the work performed. Pot- 62 DIV I 10/24/74 AC 15015310-10 SECTION 90 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMEN'T' 90-01 W ASUREW NT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the engineer, or his authorized representatives, using ' United States Customary Units of Measurement. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of ' quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave-outs) having an area of 9 square feet or lees. Unless ' otherwise specified, transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plane or ordered in writing by the engineer. f Strictures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. ' Unless otherwise specified, all contract Items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, condults, pips culverts; underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon ' which such items are placed. In computing volumes of excavation the average end o.r,' method or other acceptable methods will be used. Tha thickness of plates and galvanized sheet uried in the nsnufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inches. The term "ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 pounds avoirdupois. All materialb which are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designated by the engineer. If material is shipped ' by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material be paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such tines as the ' engineer directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. DIV I Page 63 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 MASUUMENT AND PAYMENT Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehic:es and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles t for this purpose may be of any size or type engineer, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be whenetheovehat least icles their water levelacapacityeand nall shall be ' arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the contractor and approved by the engineer in writing, saterial specified to be measured by the r.ubic yard may be weighed and such weights will be converted to cubic yards for payment purposes: Factors for conversion from weight ar:asurement to volume measurement will be determined ' by the engineer and shall be agreed to by the contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon or ton. When measured ' by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60°F. or will be corrected to the volume at 60°F. using ASTM D 1250 for asphalts or AS1'M D 633 for tars. a ' Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the came of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work. When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by volume,subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for ' computing quantities. Ce.ent will be measured by the ton or hundredweight. ' Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (M.P.B.M.) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on ' nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. The'terr "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete ' payment for the work described in the contract. When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include ' all necessary fittings and accessories. D1V I Page 64 i 10/T4 / 74 i- AC 150/5370-10 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Rental of equipment will be measured by time in houra of actual worldg time and necessary traveling time of the equipment within the limits of :hework. Special equipment ordered by the engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorising such force account work as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gage, unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Scales fog weighing materials which are required to be proportioned measured and paid for by weight shall be furnished, erected, and maintained by the contractor, or be certified permanently installed commercial scales. Scales shall be accurate within one-half per cent throughout the range of use. The contractor shall ohave ethco weigt erscales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other time as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing ' throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and she!! not exceed one-tenth of one per cent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not leas than onr pound. The use of spring balances will not be ' permitted. Beams, dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and inspector can safely and conveniently view them. ' Scale installations shall have available, tei: standard fifty-pound weights for testing the weighing equipment or suitable weights and devices for other ' approved equipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. Scales "overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be ' permitted to operate and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighing-accuracy-Lest will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of one per cent. DIV I Page 65 a 1 ' Ac 1505310-10 10/24/74 MEASJRSMEtTP AND PAYMENT ' In the event inspection reveals the scales have been "underweighing" (indicating less than correct weight) they shall be adjusted and no additional payment to the contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. All coats in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, i and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house;and for shall subsection, all other items specified nthis be e included in the unit weighing contract materials prices ` for proportioning or payment. ' for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are t designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unldsa the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. t 90-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for perforating all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. ' When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be sc contract ite which may appear meas-ired for payment under any other elsewhere in the contract, plans. 90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES. When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the ' original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in thi subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be DIV I Page 66 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 MEASUREMENT AND n/-YWNT made for any increased expense, loss of expected relmh anticipated profits suffered or claimed b armament, or loss of directly from such alterations or in directlyhfromnitlrlctinbalancedrallocation of overhedi and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause, 90-04 PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS. As specified in the subsection titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, the engineer shall have the right to omit from the work (order nonperformarce) any contract item, except mayor contract ' Items, in the best interest of the owner. Should the engineer omI% or order n3npe-formance of a contract item or ' portion of such item from the work, the contractor shall accept payment In full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the engin r. eer order to omit or nonperform such contract item. ' Acceptable materials ordered by the contractor or delivered on the work orerder will be become thed for at the actual ' In addition to the reimbursement hereinbafore property of the owner. be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for thedpu the contractor shall the omitted contract item prior to the date of the engineer'sforder. Such deleted additional costa incurred by the contractor must be directly related to the em and contractornasato the nature and amount supported certified statements by the of t such by 90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WRY,. Extra work, performed in ' accordance Witt the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed Prices agreement authorizln such extra wecifie sp work. J in the change order of ork. or supplemental agreement authorizing the requires th e ch angeorder ' done by force account, such force account shall berm that it be follows; measured and paid for as ' (a) Labo;,, For all labor (skilled and unskilled) and foremen in direct charge of a s pecific force account item, the contractor shall receive the rate of wage (or scale) for every hour that such labor or foreman is actually engaged In the specified force account work. Such wage (or scale) shall be agreed upon in writing before beginning the work. t ' DIV I ' Page 67 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 WASURUWNT AND PAYHENT The contractor shall receive the actual costs paid to, or in behalf of, ' workers by reason of subsistence and travel allowances, health and welfare benefits, pension fund benefits or other benefft,;, when Hach amounts are required by cc,llective bargaining; agreement or other employment contract generally applicable to the classes of labor employed on the work. An amount equal to 15 percent of the sum of the above netts will also be paid the contractor. (b) lnsuranco and Taxes. For property damzge, liability, and workmen's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and soc!al security taxes on the force account wort: the contractor shall receive the actual cost, to which cost (sum) 5 percent will be added. The contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate '.r rates paid for such insurance and taxes. (c) Materials. For materials accepted by the engineer and used, the contractor shall receive the actual cost of such materials delivered on the ' work, including transportation charges paid by him (exclusive of machinery rentals as hereinafter set forth), to which cost (siren) 15 percent will be added. (d) Equfyment. Tor any machinery or special equipment (other than small tools) including fuel a-id lubricants, plus transportation costs, the use of which has been authorized by the engineer, tha contractor shall receive the rental rates agreed upon in writing before such work i,: begun for the actual time that such equipment is committed to the work, to which rental sum 15 percent will be added. ' (e) Miscellaneous. No additional allo*.rancu will be made for general superintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for which no specific allowance is herein provided. ' (f) C_amparison of Records. The contractor and the engineer shall compare records of the cost of force account work at the end of each day. Agreement, shall be indicated by signature of the contractor and engineer or their duly authorized representatives. (g) Statements. No payment will be made for work performed on a force ' account basis until the contractor hnv, i rnished the engineer with duplicate :temited statements of the cost of s,rh torce account work detailed as follows: ' Page 68 DIV I r . 10124/74 AC 150/5370-10 WASUREMENr AND PAYW Nr i 1 (1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, ca;e and ' extension for each laborer and foreman. (2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and extension for each unit of machinery and equipment. (3) Quantities of materials, prices, and extencions. (4) Transportation of materials. (5) Cost of property damage, liability and workmen's compensation Insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security tax. Statements shall be accompanied and supported by receipted invoice for all ' materials used and transportation charges. However, if materials used on the force account work are not specifically purchased for such work but are taken from the contractor's stock, then in lieu of the invoices the ' contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were taken from his stock, that the quantity claimed, was actually used, and that the price and transportation claimed represent the actual cost to the contractor. The additional payment, based on the percentages specified above, shall constitute full compensation for all items of expense not specifically provided for the force account work. The total payrient made as provided above shall constitute full compensation for such work. ' 29-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each ey nth as the,work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the engineer of the value of the work performed and matt-IsId ' cc,mplete In place in accordance with the contract, plane,and specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those taster'-als stockpiled and stored In accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section. No partial payment will be made when the amount due the contractor since the ' last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. 1 I ' DIV I Page 69 r ' 10/24/74 AC 150/5310-10 r MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT r From the total of the amount determined to be payable on * partial payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the owner until the final payment is made except, as may be provided (at the contractor's option) in the subsection titled PAVIENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the contractor r exercise his option, as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section, no such 10 percent retainage shall be deducted. r When not less than 95% of the work has been completed the engineer may, at his discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare an estimate from which will be retained an amount not less thsn twice the contract value or r estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified r for payment to the contractor. It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the owner t*) the fActeptance of any raterials or work in place as to quality or quantity. Ali, partial payments ,re 0;q subject to ` provided r correction subsection titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMEW( of this section. 90-07 PAYMENT-FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial payments any be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the owner. Such del the extipartialopaymcnt after the following conditionsmarebmetncluded in ' (a) The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the engineer et or on an approved site. r ' D[V Page 70 1 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' NEASURMNT AND PAYMN: r (b) The contractor has furnished the engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. (c) The contractor has furnished the engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. (d) Th+ contractor has furnished the owner legal title (ftee of liens or encumberances of any kind) to the material so stored ar stockpiled. ' (e) The contractor has furnished the owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at anytime prior to use in the work. ' it is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the contractor of his responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials an hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be xade for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. ' The contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stor,ad or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. 90-08 PAY' NT OF WITFDiELD FUNDS. At the contractor 'a option, he mny request that t e owner accept in lieu of the 10 percent retainage on this titled dein the positssubsection portial section) payments the contractor's described escrow under the following conditionst ' (a) The contractor shall bear all expenses of establishing and maintaining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the owner. a oiv i Pag. ,1 A r . y AC 15015370-10 10/24/74 ' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' (b) The contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the owner and having a value not less than the 10 percent retainage that would otherwise be withheld from partial payment. ' (c) The contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the owner. (d) The contractor Shall obtain the written consent of the surety to ' such agreement. 90-09 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYWNT. When the contract work has been l ' accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled FINAL ACCL'PTAXCF of Sect<.on 50, the engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The contractor shall approve the engineer's final estimate or advise the engineer of his objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change ' order nr supplemental agreement. The contractor and engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid within 30 calendar days of the contractor's receipt of the engineer's final estimate. If, after such 30-day period, a dispute Still exists, the contractor may approve the engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute and such disputed quantities shall. be considered by the owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ' ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50, After the contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the engineer's final estimate, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, oe the the undisputed sum in case if approval under proteer, determined to be due the contractor less all previous paym.nts and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, ouch claims will be consideral by the owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon ' final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental, final, estimate. Pege 72 DIV t 1 AC 150/5370-1p DMILSIclf II ' PAVIDO CONSTRUCTION MMILS a i~th,,vrk ITE14 P-151 CLEARING AND G.IUBBING Description ~„t.,1.:~ phis Jtum shall consist of clearing o:- clearing and t?rvubbing, includ- irl~ the disposal of matcrials, for ai] areas rrithin the limits designated on thy, p] arts or as required by ti!(-) unf:'neer. Clearing shall consist of the cuff`ng and i`rnwval of all trees, stumps, brush, lnP•n, hedges, the r(ii)oval of fences and other loose or pro,juating material ' from the designated areas. Tlie grubbing of stumps and roots will not be rorpaired. CJcraring, when ro designatcd, rl:all consist of the cutting and removal of iauJated single trees or isolated of treca. The cutting of all the i•j'(~,r,r of this classification ::hall bo in accordance with the requirements for Itin particular area being, cleared, or as shown on the plans, nr as directed by the engineer. Me t , G"~^ ;i1a11 Uo cons . ~rec~Ir isolat.crl when they are lLO fer,,, or more apart, with the excrptinrl ~'f ."i --mall clump of approximately five trees or lest. ' Clearing and gi-uLLing sha!J cons.ist oJ' elearin ; fh„ , _ . _....ca'u! ins ground of uC Ua~y.[l CCU tl1 C6[aP•C~i 81J4 Y.re ev, v, down timber, tr)gs, snags, brush, und(,rgr)wth, hedges, heavy growth of grass or weeds, fences, struotures, debris, and rubbish of any nature, natural obstructions or such material which in the opinion of the engineer is unsuitable for the foundation of ' strips, pavements, or other required str.,etures, including the grubbing of siwrfi , roots, matted roots, foundations, and the disposal from the pro,leat of all spoil materials resulting from clearing and grubbing by burning or other-wise. Constric tion Methods ' l r2.l GpiERAl,. The areas denr.)ted 0;,. `iie plans to be cleared or c] eared and r;rak~bc•d under t',iL item i be et_ *.ed on t=- ground 1;y the engineer. Tlr, c c+arir,,; and +-r,:bbin;! 11 ~ u:ne a" a sati.afactory distance in advance of t~,o ;r::din. oprra~icns. ' ll1V Ii Pare ( } t ' At' 150/5370-10 1Q/24/74 ITEId 8151 CLEARUIG AIS7 GRUBBING Al i tpoi l materials rerr.uved by clearini; or by clear nF: and grubbing Shall be 111r,wrsed of by burning or by removal to apprrsvad dispo:;rAl areas. Piles for korning shall be placed either in the cl~,ared Brea near the center or in cv1Jscent open spaces where no damag., to tr• es, other vegetation, or other J,oiporty Trill occur. The contractor will bu responsible for controlling fires in compliance with al.l Fcderal ani State lawe and retnAlations relative to lnillding fires at the cite. Ashes resulting from burning shall be removed dart disposed of when directed by the engincer. V far as practicable, waste concrete and masonry shall be placed on slopes r,r' embankments or channels. When embankments are constricted of such wrrterial, this material shall be placed in accordance with requirements for roltnation of embankments. Any broken concrete or masonry which cannot be uucd in conotrue tion, and all other materials not considered suitable for use bliewhere, s'call be disposed of by the contractor. In no case shall any Ofecarded materials be left in.windrows or piles adjacent to or within the airport limits. Tlie marlnn, and location of disposal of materials shall be aubJeet to th;) appruval of the rmgincor and shall not create an unsightly or ribJectionabio view. When the contractor is required to locate a disposal Area outa'.de the airport, property limits at his own expense, he shall obtain hrid file with the engineer, porurission In writing from tlic- property owner for thro use of private property for this purpose. If' the plane or the specifications require the saving of merchantable timber, the contractor shall trim the limbs arid taps from designated trees, saw them rites suitable lengths, tuid make the material available for removal by other ' rsycrncics. Any bipr:s;_n,r 'bu done at the contractor's responsibility, and the Utmost care shall be taken not to endanger life or property. Thc- removal of existing structure and utilities required to permi•~ orderly progress of work shall be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwiao ' ul;own on the plans, Whenever a telephone or telegraph polo, pipeline, conduit, uow~r, roadwa;r, or other utility is encountered and must be removed nr relocated the contractor shall advise the engineer ahso will notify the proper local authority or owner and attempt to secure prompt action. !.51 .2 C_ L!AR11n. The contractor shall clear the staked or 3rutic, ted area ' of all obJectionablu matt-rlalc. Trees unavoidably fallim outside the specified limits must be c;rt. up, Ter,„or;ed, and diarx-nod of to a satisfactory manner. In order to miW.rAzc darusre to trees that are Vi be left standing, trees shell. be felled toward the -enter of area beans elr•9red. The conntractor shall preservra and protect frorc in,luiy all trova riot to be removed. Me trees, st+uap:o, arut bear; t: rs'nall be cut to a height of riot morn i', rte DI`J if AC 150/5370-10 ' IMI P-151 CLEARING AND GRUBBING t}ihn 12 incr,as above the ground. The grubbing of stumps and roots will not ' bor 1 equired. Mj••n isolated trees are designated for clearing, the treou shall be classed in accordance with the bitt diameter size as measured at a point 18 inches alx,vo the ground level or at a designated height specified in the proposal. Forlcc,s shall be removed and disposed of when directed by the engineer, ' Forkee wire shall be neatly rolled anr! the wire and posts sto^ed on the airport if they are to be used again, or stored at a designated location if the fence is to remain the property of a local owner or of a civic authority, BLEARING AND GRUBBING, In areas designated to be cleared and ' RI.0.1bod, 'All stumps, roots, buried logs, brush, grass, and other unsatis- fartory materials shall be removed, except where embankments exceeding 31 feet in depth are to be made outside of paved areas. In cases where such depth of embankments is to he made, all unsatisfactory removed, but sound trees, stumps, and brush can be outoff within 6hinches above the ground and allowed to remain. Tap roots and other projections 01161' 1} inches in diameter shall be grubbed out to a depth of at least 18 inches below the fin-.abed subgrade or slope elevation. Any Iraildings and miscellaneous structures that are shown on the plans to be ' re.xvved shall be demolished or removed, and all materials therefrom shall bu disposed of either by burning or otherwise removed from the site. The remaining or existing foundations, we11s, cesspools, and all like structures shalt be destroyed by breaking out or br?akin tiro foundations, wells, cesspools, etc., are builtnto a depth1atsleasth2ch feat below the existing surrounding ground, Any broken concrete, blocks, or other objectionable material which cannot be us9 ' removed and disposed of. The holes or openings shall i bebbackfilledawithe acceptable mat.rl&l and properly compacted. ' All holes remaining after the grubbing operation in embankment areas shall have the sidea broken down to flattsn out the slopes, and shall be filled with acceptable material, moistened and properly compacted in layers to the density required jr, Item P-11.2, The same construction procedure shall be ahhlied to all holed remaining after grubbing in excavation areas where the depth of holes exceeds the depth of the proposed excavation. ' Mrithori of ;.:easurcirpnt ]ri7 The quantities of cl(er_nu .)r clear:.ng and grubbing as shoti•,n by the lirnl on tr,: p1Ers or as ord2}~. .:.u en<ineer shall be eitr.rl in terra, of ' UIV II Page f5 10/24/74 ITIEN P-151 CLURING AND GRUBB11V hin nkunber of ac=es or fraetiono thereof, of land specifically cleared or :n eared and _ra'o'aedr UtLle3s IUMP-Sum bid is specified in the proposal. ' When isolated trees are designated f,x.• cleiirang, the quantities of trees, aH determined in accordance with ra.ng,!$ of butt dismater size, measured at n iuint 18 inches above the ground level at the tree, shall be paid for hovording to the schedule of sizes as follows: The r=ber of trees: From 0 to 21 feet, b•att diameter From 21 to 5 feet, butt diameter For 5 feet or more, butt diameter Basis of Payment F -4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit Innp sum for clearing. This price per fore or in a ' price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary t.r,r complete the item, ' Zil-1:.2 ft~nent shall be made at the contrast unit price for clearing lrifalated trees, Phis price shall be full compensation for furnishing all mnl,criala aT;d for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to arunplete the item. ' 1, 114. Pa;,ment shall be made at the contract unit price per acre or in a u hemp sum for clearing and grubbing. This price shall be full compensation for nirnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-151-4.1 Clearing--par acre. Iten P-151-4.2 Clearing for isolated trees: Fr= 0 to 2+j feet butt diameter, per tree. ' From 21 to 5 feet butt diameter, per tree, For 5 feet or more but1w diameter, per ties. Iter;, P-_51-,..3 Clearing and grubbing--per acrd, ESTMG JUID MA'T'ERIAL REQUIREMJTS To;-. an! :::art title Material and short title Hone Page '16 DIV II 0 ITEM P-152-EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT All paragraphs under Item P-152-Excavation and Embankment shall apply with the following modificationst 152-1.2 CLASSIFICATION. All material excavated shall be defined as "unclassified excavation." 152-2.6 STRIPPING. Delete the last sentence and substitute the followings The yardage removed and disposed of shall be paid for at the contract unit price for cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation". ' 152-2.12 TOPSOIL. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the followings Topsoil shall be salvaged from stripping and other grading operations as indicated on the plans and the material stockpiled at approved location. The stockpile shall not be placed within 50 feet of pavement areas &nd shall not be placed on areas which subsequently will require any excavation or embankment. 152-3.0 MEASUREMENT. Measurement shall be in accordance with paragraphs 152-3.1 through 152-3.3. ' 152-4.0 PAYMENT. Payment shall be in accordance with paragraphs 152-4.1 and 152-4.4 and the payment items are summarized as follows unclassified Excavation - per cubic yard Borrow Excavation - per cubic yard 1 1 1 i 1 1 10/24/74 r•- -,,/5370-10 1 ITFT! P-152 EXCAVATION AUD Description 1 152-1.1 This item shall consist rf excavating, Yernrv_";, an. e,.f.cfactorily 1 disposing of all materials within the limits of .•ce wr -A rGq._::i :.o construct the landing strips, rwiweys, taxiways, aprons, `atarcei_=ie, and other areas for drainage, building construction, parking, or purposes in accordance with these specifications and '_r. iimensions and typical section shown on the plans and wit:i the lines an E.a;es established by the engineer, All suitable material taken from excavation shall be used im t ,e formation of embankment, subgrade, and for backfilling as indicated on the plans or as directed by the engineer. When the volarae of the excavation exceeds that required to ccn:stru:t the embankments to the grades indicated, the excess shall te.;se:! Grade the t:.a r:wne of 1 areas of ultimate developmAnt or tiiasted as directed. excavation is not sufficient for constmating the fill tc .i.e grades indicated, the deficiency shall be supplied from borr~vi ss-osces at locations within the airport or other authorized areas. ' 152-1.2 CLASSIFICATION. All material excavated shall "co de'_ :red as "Unel~ assified Excavation" unless, in the proposal form, :;rice: pre asked and bids are taken for "Solid Rock Excavation" and Ex:avat=on." "Unclassified Excavation" shall include all excavation 's.der this item regardless of the material encountered. "Solid Rock Excavation," when provided in the pro.*sai a' u:e all solid rock in ledges, in bedded deposits, in unstrat-ficd -..asses, -and congiomerate deposits which are so firmly cemented tntay ressn. C-1 the characteristics of solid rock and which cannot be re^,oved ^.c's drilling ' and blasting. All boulders containing a volume of more tr:ar. 4 e•a'o`_e yard will be classified as "Solid Rock Excavation." "Common Excavation," when provided in the proposal, chall :orx.st of all 1 excavation not included in "Solid Rock Excavation." Frozen condition of any of the different classified rateria?s tp::en from excavation does not constitute a basis for a claLm for higher ication or for extra work on tho part of the contractor. DTV 11 Page 71 AC 15015370--0 to/2r.,r14 ' ITEM P-152 f 1CC,':'Jn a I G:: A: r ~Al•'~~' iF] fi ' Constr,ct'_an .;t:thods ' 52-2.1 GENERAL. The rougyi excavation shall be carried to the necessary depth to obtain the specified dep:h oi' sWt~.ade densification shown on the plans, Liketrise, on er.b.viknent.s, the de;,t;h of subbrsds densification shall be as shown on the plans. Should the contractor, throu&h negligence or other fault, excavate belo;r the designate; lines, he shall replace the excavation with approved raateri,als, in an approved manner and condition, at his own expense. The engineer shall have complete control over the ' excavttiu,;, mn•;ing, placing, and d'.sposi ;_on of all material and shall detn:mine the suitability of material to be placed in embankments. All material determined unsuitable shs11 be d'_sposed of in waste areas or as ' directed. Topsail shall not be usod in °i:,ls or in aubLrades but shell be handled and placed as directed. The contractor shall inform and satisfy hLnself as to the character, quantity, and distribution of all material to be excavated. No pavement will be made for any excavated material thich is used for than those designated. All spoil areas s all be leveled to a uiiform line and section and shall present a neat appearance before project acceptance. The surface elevation of spoil areas sha"-l not extend abovq the surface elevation of adjacent or contiguous usable areas of the airport. Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which material becomes c-,%ipacted, due to haulinx,, or toanyhother activity ofithe contractor, shall be scarified and disced to a depth of 4 inches, as directed, to loosen and pulverize the soil. If it is necessary to inter,-upt existing surface drainage, sewers or undardrainage, conduits, u'Lilities, or s-1-.ilar undorground structures, or party thereof, the contractor -,hall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to protect and are:e Mien such facilities are encounte:a3' t•t con or pr•ov:altemporary services. engineer, who shall arrange for t~ sir ro•• contractor shall notify 'a'rse shall, at his ot,n etu ense, satisfa`,'•••o ap if necessary, The contractor facilities or s .tuctures c rich ma. swAl-, '•69 anylo fd} is operations during the period of t'-le contract. ' 252»3, 2 M(CAVATIo?!, E'zca,ration b, perforried as indicated on the yo bontract plans to tho 1':nez, F,ra = e.F•ration *m or as directed y the engineer, and s'.+all be mCe co ..e requd>.'er..F:nte for formation rate 79 D!V II 1 ,~C =:0/537040 ' ITO4 F-152 :w<CAV.?Tiof! F3 v of a;•?snlcmtnts can be t)llc;;ed, ?do exeava.__ ' anti= the e1191neer has taken c ,started of t h? existinE (round Eurf:ee, and has sta _ c.c :7en,s material encountered within tha lsmits ind ca:-^d :;a.Z "all disposed of as directed, During the .r - be rrai process r i °e shall ntained so that it will be well drained at a' _Z t_ruc3. >,'r. temporary drains and drainage ditc _rected, hog Shall be irs~blled t. divert surface wa*er rchich may affect the work. '-==pt or When selective grading is specified or required as ind-catea the excavated material shall be handled to a1'-ow t:1e se162_i. -c-_rtall to be ' properly placed in the embankment and in the capping of ren-. -a de as determined from the soil profile and eoil c.aracteristecee. `-4s maters material shall be deposited within the designated areas of the air the plans or as directed by the engineer. " _'t as s::own on If, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to place in its proper section of the permanent cons t.,suction, -t a a.. ':e stockpiled in approved areas for later use. Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other rrateria'- unsatisfactory for landing strips, subgrades, roads, shoulders, interagd!ate areas, or any areas intended for turfing shall be excavated to a rdn-4 depth of 12 inches, or to the depth specified by the engineer, below t.?s c:ntezplated t surface of the subgrado or the designated grades. Muck, pea., =at`.ed roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for eubgrade fc•.:nda;_-n, shall be removed to the depth specified, to provide a satisfac+,orj fc:;:.dation. Unsatisfactory materials shall be disposed of at ?ocat.or.f dizf~na,:ed engfr=eer. All material so excavated shall co paid or at " ts _ 3c by price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation" or fo. n-act unit or for "Solid Rock Excavation" as 'the case may be ti+h "'s xcation " for the last two items is provided in the pr^cf ra` en t'e :n a--i xcava shall be refilled with suiable scl t gy. ro., l"a r:_:s g: excavated the grading operations or borrow arpa and thoc,ou it - `=`pined from The necessary refilling will constitute a part of tlecemtar--«t rlhere , rock cuts are made and refilled with selected material, or w:4recrenching out It done to provide for a course of pa%-eiaent, the dept; s created shall be ditched at frequent intervals to pru:,ide adequate d_^t.'srge. Its contractor shall make the distribution as ind_,ated on tie ;2&9%s. Widening or narrowing of the section and raising or lowering of tre grade to ' avoid haul will not be pennitted. The right is resemed to =Ar.r --;,nor adjustments or revisions in lines or grades, if found necemr;', as the work progresses due to discrephnoles in the plans or to cbtlwl sit.afactory construction. t DIV 11 ' page 19 AC 150/5373-10 10/24/;4 IM! P-152 EXCAVATION AIM E'.IP:A NIMIT ' Overbrear, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the fini&led work as planned or authorized by the engineer. ' The ene :eer shall deterrine if the displacement of such material was. unavoidable and his decision shall be final. All overbreak shall be removed ty the contractor and disposed of as directedi however, payi;ent will ' not be :._'de for the removal and disposal of overbreak which the engineer determines as avoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as 11Un0las3ified Excavation," excepu when the contract provides for the ' elassif'_cat'_on of "Coanon Excavation," or "Solid Rock Excavation," in which case una*roidable overbrea:•cage from elides will be clacsifiod as such. The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the ' orderly progress of work will be accomplished by local agencies, uraess otherw'_=e s o-t:n on tre P-ens. All existing f,)undations chail to excavated for at _aas: 2 feet bolo:. -'ne top of the subgrade and iho material disposed of as arected. 1111 foun:ationo thus excavated shay. be bac'lAWled with suitable material and co:.-)acted. In out areai, tKo subgrade under areas t,y too pc,%ed shall be compacted to I the dep.hs and to the de:'.s:tiF:a at opt7mur'1 moisturn a'1 :;hc.~•rn un the plans or as spee_f'ed in the spse:fications, or when nat. :,therwit:" shown ar specified, to a minir_t.tn depc^ of o ~z_hea and to a density of nut '!+s, than 95%, for cohesiv-. soils, end 0~ 4 :or rl,rnc +h :live soils, of 'ho, rr-,x .,+..ra d,:nsity at optitnur_ :oiEture as u' er_incci by the cuccpaction core+,rnl t.8to ciec'.fied in FAA -~1 An:o Los+.i°au!e materials cncountered oe remmved and paid for as spec.:iai. No paysr.s or peas L .man . :br pav°•~nt will L)e made for, tuit.able r:}.eriale removed, ra::_ 11a~c.', en_ re;:la^eki in order to ot:.rin density. knr removal, ' manipulation, aeratz ..9, r p4acc,,rent, art recompactron or suitable raaterials necessae., to obtain I.oie r rrtred &n~ ty :.hall bo corx,4djred as incidWntal to the ^a%:at-,on P.riei cr,&rL?ment cam-rations, and srvill b«r pGrforr.gd try the eontrac ::.r at no acids u2 ons3 - -~v;t to tte project. Stones Cr MCA -A`aa:entf~ _s!eer than 'r inches in their prehtnst dimension ' will not be p rr,ittel jn ,ne toy 'aches of the subgrade. The finished grading c_,rfo:-.r.g to the typical crass section 0%all be completed and rai .._..=d At 11e8- (l feat ahead of the pa.•, ng, uporations. ' In (late, i_ Y j`: ! i'nt on the 1,ack rl:,oou shall L: barred '0osc U. lin, •.r f-11lshc-1 r;rade -1, elope, All cut~and- fill S' : -:.t . - - ' Y rl, c ,:~Od to t`le vlol)c, croar; c=et iron, "And ' allire..: r:. t. as dirret, i t), t e rn~;ir,•t,Y. I II Fage c: D1V 10/24/74 AC i5o/33'lo-1o r ! 1THM P-152 r-XCANATION AND i'tiT13AM 2W Blasting, when noccocary, will be permitted only when proper Precautions Are taken for the protection and eafety of all persons, the work, and the property. All damage done to the work or property shall'be repaired at the contrac`~or'e expense. All operations of the contractor in connection with the transportation, storage, and vise of explosives shall be approved by the M;ineftr. Any approval ,;given will not relieve the contractor of his responsibility in blasting operations, a-2-3 80RROW EXCAVATION. When pro ided for in the proposal, borrow 1 excavation shall consist of excavation made from borrow areas within the limits of the airport property outside the normal grading limits, or from areas outside the airport when specified. Borrow area(s) within the airport property frttm which borrow nay be obtained will be designated. Borrow excavation shalt be made only at these designated locations and within the horizontal and vertical limits as staked or as directed. On completion ' of borrow operations, the borrow area shall be finished to a neat. and uniform grade acceptable to the engineer. Wan borrow sources are outside the boundari,;a of the airport property, it ' shall be the contractor's responsibility do locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of tho engineer. The oontraotor shall notify the engineer, sufficiently in advance of the beginnirg of excavation, so ' necessary measurementb and tests can be mach. All objectionable material shall be disposed of as directed. All borrow pits shall be opened up immediately to•expose the vertical fico of various strata of acceptable material to enable obtaining a uniform product. Borrow pits shall be excavated to regular lines to permit accurate measurements and stall be drained and left in a neat and presentable condition with all slopes dressed uniformly. The.borrov excavation ahalf be handled and placed V specified in these specifications for excavation and embankment. 1 -2.4 DITCH EXCAVATION. Ditch excavation shall consist of excavating for drains,ge ditches such as intercepting, inlet or outlet, temporary levee construotion, or any other type an designed or as shown on the plans. The Work-shall be performed in the prt,par sequence with the tther construction. 'lire location of all ditches or levees shall be establis'.ied on the ground. ' All satisfactory material shall be placed 'In i'ii2al unsatisfactory material shall be placed in spoil areas or as directed. Waste or surplus material shall be disposed of ae shown on plans or as directed. Intercepting ditches r DIV 11 Page 81 1 AC 150010/24/74 i ITE.: _y.CAVATION JJM F] U M ,r:VT shall be cons-rioted prior t~j starting of adjacent excavation operations. All necassar;r n.and%,rork sl;all ce perfomed to secure a finish true to line, elevation, and cross section, as desi&mated. Ditches aonstiuoted on the prajeot shall be maintained to the rogtired cross section :v shall be kept free era,:. debris or obstructions to til the project ' is acct7:-e9. Where nacessary, z-.:ficient openings shall be provided through spoil be_ :s to per-lit dra_ngre 'ray adjacent lands. Unless otherwise apeoifiei, no separate payr..ert :_?1 be made for ditch excevation other than ' for the a:aterial removed io.'...11 be paid for at the unit price for "Unclassified: Excavation," "Co-_.n Excavation," or "Solid Rock Excavation," as the case :gay be, if the pro:3s1 includes classification of these excavated materials. 152-2.5 PREPARATINN OF AREA, Embankment areas shall be cleared and grubbad in accordance vt t: -.*no requirements in Item P-151. All depres. sions or '.roles balow the grounx surface, whether caused by grubbing or otherwiea, shill be backt_11ed .::th suitable material and compacted to ground s•.yface before the constrzation of the embankment will be permitted to start. Imediately prior to the placing of the fill materials, the entire area upon which the WtLr)ment is to be placed, except where limited by rock, shall be scarified and broken by nears as a disc harrow or plow, or other approved equipmer.,, c2 a depth of 6 _nchLs. Scarifying s!,1all• be done approximately parallel .o axis of t-a f_::. All roots, debris, large stones, or objectionable naterial t3+a. wou:a cause interferer",. ri.th+ the compaction of the f..:ndation or fill shall 'ce remove4 frua the"orpa and disposed of as directed. A thin layer (a;prcx_:.ately 3 inches) of tns fill material shall be spreal, over the scarifiel few elation. and tkr!, whole` %rea compacted as required In the specifications. O U!here e:z.e_~srrnts are to rt ple^.ed o:, natu;•31 slopes steeper than 3-to-1, horizonts: benches shall be ernuiructed as ehown on the plans or as directed by the e-ginger.. Wy ~i* able 4~ gtsl`t.terl mate: J 9.l shall be incorporated in ' embardczen:s. Puynent Will 1, rsr ~e fl,)t the material excavated at the unit price for grading. " P• Yo direo. ;a;-ent shall be .ta3~ ;o: the wnrk performed under this section. The necissir,.• :'_earing ani w~;:ani ",%+c yardage removed or used will be paid for ~.d~:• the respee ..°!d ' ;ar: of wrrk. ' DIV II Page 82 v 1 1Q12§~l$ AC I%)/5.'.'r0-i0 e ITEM P-!r2 Li:1.;~itil;t?:' ~iD F3•Z'J11+7C~YF S7RIPP- All von b,•~,;;; s.,;, sa bush, Leavy sods, hoary growth of grass, decayed vegetabie ~nat:e.^, rLbr._s::, and any oflier unsuitable material within Vie area upon e.-1*012'1ent is to be placed shall be ' stripped or otherwise remved, befc roj tae e:..tan vier+t is started, and in no case shall, ouch Wnotionahlo i a;er:al Le allowed in or under the embankment. No direst ptyment will be made for striping. The yardage removed and 1 disposed of shall be paid for at t,,e con-tract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation," or for "Corrion Eycavation," when the latter classification is provided for in he p:o:osal. t 152-2.7 FORMATION OF EMIDA1d4fisnS. ftbanlsroent s shall be formed of satirifac- tory materiale placed in successive horizortal layers of not more Char; 8 ' inches in lo)ee depth for the Tull width of the cross section. The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata e'hall be placed, to produce a soil utruoture as sn.n n on the typical ^:ross section or as directed. All materials entering tr.e embankment snail be reasonably free of organic matter such as leaves, grasa, mote, and other objectionable material. Soil, granular material, shale, and any other material permitted for use it embankment shall be spread irr successive layers as speo',fied. OParationh on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when sa'.isfa3tory ' reeu3•ts cannot be obtained because of rai.", freezing wea+her, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field. the contractor shall drag, blade, or elope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage. The material in the layers shall be or' tn.o proper rnoiature content before rolling to obtain the prescribed conpaoyicn. Wetting or dryilig of the material and manipulation when nece3sar'y to secure a unifoin roisture content throughout the layer shall be req•.Mred. Should the material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, All xorr. on all portions of the embankment thus affected shall be delayed 1witil the material has dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling shall be done with approved equipment that will sufficiently d:ttribute the water. &Iffieient equipment to furnish the required dater shall be ava=fable at all t;,nes. Samples of all embankment materials for testin€, both befora ani aftsr placement and compaction, will be taker. at frequent intervals. From there tests, correc- tions, adjustments, and modifications of rethods, materiale, and moisture content will be made to construct the wnba:":=.ent. . Rolling operationsehall be continued unt.l the emban}anent is compacted to not leas than 95%t for noncoh,sive so_lsi and 9)% for cohesive soils of the DYV II ' Page 8 3 AC 150/:z 10/24/74 Iii: F-1;2 LXCAVI.TIOZZ AND EI SNP maximum densl;-y, at optL:,cn rzis Lure, as determined by the FAA ccoVaotion control tests T-611. Under ail areas to be paved, the embankment shall be compacted to the depths any ya tike densities at optimum moisture as shown on the p" Ins or as specified in the specifications, or, when not otherwise shown or specified, to a x_nim= depth of 9 inches and to a density of 'not less than 9%, for cohes'_va soils, and 100% for noncoheeive soils, of the ctaximn density at optima moi8..lre as determined by the compaction control t testa specified in FA11 T-511-. On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction trill be required on the top 4 inches. Any areas inaccessible to a roller s'ra:l be consolidated and compacted by mechanical tazspers. ' Daring ,cons tz^sotion of t1o emt&rrrent, the contractor shall route his equipment at all times, bo+Z% vtor loaded and whan empty, over the layers as ' they are placed and s`iall 'mss-route the travel evenly over the entire width of the embarr..:ent. Thy sqaip:~ar.: shall be operated in such a manner that hardpan, ca ated gravel, ^.layj :ie other chunky soil material will be broken up into small particles and barn-to incorporated with the other material in t the layer. . In the constr,:ation of enban'a:ents, starting layers shall be placed in the 1 deepest portizr, of the fill; as placement progresses, layers shall be constructed a;proximately parallel to the finished ngvement grade line. When rods and other erbanment material are excavated at approximately the same tine, to rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embw*men v.1 the other m&terls: shall be incorporated under the future paved areas. Stones or fret' e::t&ry rock larger than 4 inches in their greatest dre :Sion will ne : be allowed in the top 6 inches of the aubgrade. Aockfill s^a.. to brought up in layyra as specified or as directed and every Wort s?A:l be exerted to fill the voids with the finer material to form a dense, c.rpaot rase. P.acr. or boulders shall not be disposed of outside of tre excavation or ambenkment areas, except at places and in the manner desi6r.ated by the ensineer. Frozen material stall not to Plated in the embankment nor shall embankment be placed upcn frozen material. t The contraotcx shall be retporsible for the stability of all embank%ents :Wade under t o contract ani shall replace eny portion which, in the opinion of the LL-.;inter, has becc-s 01sr:1-Loed due to carolessneaA or negligen:e on the part %s :.^-Arac tor. There wi-l to ssparate ::aes:ss::ant or payment for compacted embankment, and all :.sta =rcidents: :.le:ing, in layers, compacting, discin.g, watering, page 94 DIV II r r' . F-1 -I ' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 t IMI P-152 EY.CAV LION AM DUWl4Mn ' mixing, sloping, and other necessary operations of the embarkmente will be included in the contract price for excavat'_on, borrow, or other items. When stockpiling of excavated material and later rehandling of such material is directed by the engineer in order to produce the specified subgrade structure, the material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unolassified Eycavation" or "Common Excavation." 152-2.8 EC4TIPMM. The contractor way use any type of earth-mo-ping, compaction, and watering equipment he may desire or has at his disposal, provided the equipment is in a satisfactory condition and is of such caps -qty that the construction schedule can be maintained as planned by the contra..cor and as approved by the engineer in accordance with the total calendar days or working days bid for the construction, The contractor shall furnish, operate, and maintain such equipment as is necessary to control uniform density, layers, ,aaction, and smoothness of grade. 152-2,9 PRBP TION AM PROTECTION 0P TOP OF THE SUBOMM. On areas to be paved, the specified depth in out areas and the top of embankment shall be compacted to the density specified. When completed, the surface shall be true to the lines, grades, and cross section shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer. After all drains, structures, ducts, and other underground appurtenances along the edges or under the pavement have been completed, the subgrade shall be compacted to the depth specified at not ' lase than 95% density for cohesive soils and 100% for norcoheeive soils, as determined by the compaction control tests specified in ;AAA T-611. Any irregularities or depressions that develop under rolling 00.1 be corrected ' by loosening the material at these places and adding, removinil, or replacing material until the surface is smooth and uniform. Any portidi of the area which is not accessible to a roller shall. bn compacted to the required density by approved mechanical tampers, The material shall be sprinkled with waUr during rolling or tamping, when directed by the engineer. Al,l soft and yielding material and material which will not compact readily wittm Polled or tamped shall be removed as directed by the engineer and repla44A w:th suitable material. After grading operations are complete, all lood+i stones larger than 2 inches in their greatest dimension shall be removi'rl frlua the surface of all proposed graded paving areas and disposed of au directed by the engineer. At all times, the top of the subgrade shall be kept in such condition that ' kt All drain readily and effectively. In handling materials, toolij and Page 85 i v -1 A, *AC 1512170-10 10/2+/74 ' ITQ-t P-152 EXCAVATION AND EKHANMMMT equipctn t, the contractor shall protect the subgrade from damage by laying planks h4en directed and shall take other precautions as needed, In no case wi= vehicles be allowed to travel in a single track. If ruts are formed, .1e subgrade shall be reshaped and rolled. Storage or stockpiling 9 of materials on the top of the subgrade will not be permitted. Until the subgrade has been checked and approved, no subbase, base, surface course, or pars=ent shall be laid thereon. 152-2.1~ PAUL. No payment will be made separately or directly for haul on any ;art of the wont. All hauling will be considered a necessary and inoide-Al part of the work and its cost shall be considerec: by the contrao::r and included izn Me contract unit price for the pay items of riork in-r::.ved. 1.52-,2.11 7OL C 4, In those areas upon %h ich a subbase or base course is to be p'aeed, the tdp of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when tested with a 16-foot aors,ightedge applied parallel and at right angles to the ca:ml ine, it shall not show any deviation in•excess of inch, or t shall m t to mom than 0.05 foot from true grade as established by grade hubs or pins. Arkr deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing materials, reshaping, and recompaoting by sprinkl'Jg and rol.' ing. On landing strips, intermt3:ate and other designated areas, the surface shall -.t such smoothness t:•:at it will not vary more than 0.10 of a foot from tN.;e grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviat on in excess of this sit shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing materials, and red &;Lr.S, 152-x2.~12 "TOPSOIL. When topsoil is specified or required, as shown on the plats or under Item T-935, it shall be s alvagad from stripping or other ' grading ;r9rations. The topsoil shall meet the requirements of Item T-905 or shat to approved by the engineer. If, at tho time of excavation or strippir:s, the topsoil cannot be placed in its proper and final section of finished :instruction, the riattrlsl shall be stockpiled at approved locations. Stockpi_4s shall not be placed r'ithin 50 feet of pavement arEaa and shall not be ;_a.t3 on areas ahiel subsequently will require eiy excavation or ' emban?x t n-:. Upon c^of grading :,pirations as specified, topsoil shall be handled and plaae as directed, or as required in Item T-905. The engineer shall ' DIV IJ ?age cs ' 10/24/74 AC 1:0/5370-10 ITEM R-152 AM E-' W D,:'Vrdrl' set grade stakes for grad_ng o.-r-ra-::r,a in both out and fill so that the topsoil trill be placed at the fi-.i30-.ed plan elevation. No direot payment will be made for .o;soil as such under Item P-152. Ne quantity removed and placed or stockpiled shall be paid for at the cor*-:aot unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation," or for "Caamon ' Excavation" when the latter classification is provided In the propoeal. When topsoil is paid for under Rer:, P-152, as excavation, no payment shall be made for the same work under Itin :-905, 14hen stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such material its directed by the engineer to produce the specified soil structure, the material so ' rehandled shall be paid for at ':,e .ontract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation," or "Cocnon Excavation" when the latter classification is provided in t*%c proposal. ' Method of i'easurwtent ' 152-3.1 The yardage paid for shall be the number of cubic yards measured in its original position. Pay quantities shall be computed to the neat lines ' staked, by the method of average end areas of materials acceptably excavated and stripped as specified, Measurement shall not include the yardage of material excavated Without ' authorization beyond normal slope '_:nes, or the yardage of material used for purposes other +.han those direc,-,ed, ' 152-3.2 8toApiled material paid far shall be the number of curio yards measured by cross sea',ioning the Errand surfaco prior to the planing o£ the material# and later cross secti3ning as soon an materiel has been stockpiled. Pay quantities shall be computed by the method of average end areas, 1 - , Borrow material paid for shall be the number of cubic yards measured in its original position in excavation, and pay quantities shall be computed by the method of average end areas, Borrow shall bo classified as ' "Unclassified Excavation" or as "Cornon Excavation," if the latter classification is included in the proposal; or as "Borrow" when this classification is included in the proposal. 1 ' DIV X? Page $7 ~ .titre AC 150, :0 10/24/74 ■ ITE-i P-_52 EXCAVATION AND f!+®AWW" t basis of Payment 152-4.: ?s;=snt shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclaas_ftsd Excavation." iris price shall be full compensation for futnis ="3 a?1 materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to coY::e:e -'^e item. 152-4.2 shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for 11C4' moo" 7 -list=on-" Th;s price s?.' ll be full compensation for furnishing all ra.aric:s, labor, equipment, tov1s, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. shall be made at t!he contract unit price per cubic yard for "Solid seavation." finis price shall be full compensation for furnishiN all ma ar!21s, labor, ecraipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the iteW- 1 2-4.L Tal=ent shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for ' =r ration." This price shall be full compensation for furnishing ' all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the ite=. Pa;'=4n: :-rJ-11 be made uaderi ' ==sm ?-::2-4.1 tTro?assified Excavation-.per cubic yard, :fW ?-:j2-4.2 Co=on E/cavation--Par cubic yard. ':sr P-152-4.3 Solid Rock Excavation--per cubic yard. :`e!. ?-152-4.4 Borrow Excavation--Per cubic yard. 1 Te-STI2;: AI4D MATERIAL REQUIREMEM Test ar.: title Material and short title None Page: DIV 11 8 10/24/74 A-~ 1"W5370-10 ITEM P-153 WATFRINO Description t 1 1 1 Thia item shall comlist of furnishing and applyi^.a fm;er required in the compaction of emb&n'kmnta, siibgradea, subbases, base courses, and for other purposes in accordance with the requirements of these specifications or as directed by the ergi »ser. ' Construction Methods ' 153-2.1 Water, when required, shall be applied at the locations, in the amounts, and during the hours, including nights, as directed icy the engineer. An adequate water supply shall be provided by the contractor. '.To equipment used for watering shall be o: ample cipaolty and of such desia: as to assure uniform application of water in the amounts dJx%ected by the e_r4!-neer. ' Method of Measurement The units of watering +•r be paid for shall be the n=ter cf 1,000- gallon units of water, measured in the vehicle at the point of delivery on the airport, and used as ordered. Basis of Payment, ' _153-4'1 Payment shall be made it the contract unit price per :,C.;-gallon unit for watering, This price shall be full comppneation for :=Lis%ing all traterials, labor, equipment, tools, and ireidentals necesEarp to cczplete the item. When the bid schedule does not contain an estimated qua,3titrl fcr umtering, the performance of this work including providing and maintaining water ' plant(s), shell not be paid for directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor covered under other contract items. ' Payment will be made underi ' Item P-153-4.1 Watering - per 1,000-gallon unit, DIV 11 v`~' page 89 Ab 150/5370-10 10/24/7+ ITra•i P-153 WATMIJ-10 TE3TMG A:7 I KTEAM REQUI04=3 Teat and short title Material and short title None How 1 Page L)O DIV IT 10/24/7 AC 150/537: -10 IT04 P•.154 sUBp3A.Se OonsE ' Description .154-161 This item shall consist of a subbase course composed of granular t materials constructed on a prepared subgrade or underlying course in accord- ance with these speoifications, and in conformity with the dimensions and typical dross section shown on the plans, and with the linos and grades established by the engineer. ' Materiale 1 2.1 MATER.LkWe The subbase material shall consist of hard durable far- titles or fragments of granular aggregates. This material will be misted or blended with fine sand, clay, stone dust, or other aimilar binding or filler materials produced from approved sources. This mixture a must be uniform and shall comply with the requirements of these specifica- tions as to gradation, soil constants, and shall 'he capable of being ^.ompaoted into a dense and stable subbase. The material shall be free from vegetable matter, lumps or excessive b.wunts of clay, and other objectionable or foreign substances. Pit-run material may be used, provided the material meets the requirements specified. TAKE 1. - GRADATION REQUIR12-51 'S Percentage by weight Sieve designation (square openings) passing as per AASHO T 11 and T 27 sieves }.inch 100 No 10 - ` - Noo 40 60 No. 200 0- 15 DIV 11 Page 91 ~777 -1 '0 r AD 15(`/5370-io 10/24/74 2-154 SUBBASE COURSE ' 1`he~pos$irn of the material .a_sing the No. 40 sieve shall have a liquid t of not core than 25 and a plasticity index of not more than 6 when tested in accordance with .',AS C T 89 and T 90. In those cases tfslere frost pea3tration is a problem, the maxinaua amount of ' material finer than 0.02 mm. in diameter shall be less than 3%. Construction Methods . 154-1.1 - Gq L, The subbase course shall be placed where designated on ' the plans or as directed by the engineer. The material shall be shaped and thoroughly compacted within the tolereuices specified. Granular subbases which, due to grain sizes or shapes, are not sufficiently stable to support without movemsnu the construction equipment, shall be mechardeLlly stabilized to the depth necessary to provide such stability as directed by the engineer. The mechanical stabilization shall principally ' include the addition of a fine-grained medium to bind the particles of the subbase material sufficiently to furnish a bearing strength, so that the course will not deform under the traffic of the construction equipment. The addition of the binding indium to the subbase material email not increase , 1 the soil constants of that nx erial ibove the limits epecifieJ. 154-3.2 OPERWIOR IN PITS. All t-,ork involved in cleW_ng and stripping pits and handling unsuitable material encountered shall be performed by the con- trao'cor at his otn expense. :hs subbase material shall be o:•±ained from pits ' or sources that have been approved. The material in the pits bhr ll be oxcavated and handled in such manner that a uniform and satisfactory product cAn be secured. 3.3 EQUIYt~pAll equipment not io this work shall be on the pro ect shallsbe in first-classrworkinS construction and shall have been approved by the engineer before construction ~ispermitted to start. Provision shall be q&4e by the contractor for furnishing water at the site of the work using equipment of ample capacity and dosign `rb assure uniform applic.+,tior.. . Page DIV II 4 I 11 , i 1O/24/74 AC 154/537()-]0 ITEM P-•154 SUBBASE COURSE he processing equipment shall be designed, constructed, and operated and hall have sufficient capaoity to thoroughly mix all materials and water in he proportions required to produce a subbase course of the gradation and onsisteney required. 3.4 PREPARING =ERTvim COURSE. Before any subbase material is placed, underlying course shall be prepared and conditioned as specified. The :curse shall be checkel and accepted by the engineer before placing and spreading operations are started. Srade control between the edges of the pavement shall be by means of grade stakes, steel pine, or fours placed i1i lanes parallel to the centorline of :.he pavement and at intervals which will permit string lines or chock Boards to be placed between the stakes, pins, or fozm % ' rb protect the subgrade and to insure proper drainage, the spreading of the Subbase shall begin along the centerlir:e of the pavement on a crowned section 3r on the high side of pavements with a one-way slope. X36 MATERIALS ACCEPTABLE IN EXISTING CONDITION. When the entire subbase naterial is secured in a uniform and altisfaotory condition and contains approximately the required moisture, such approved material may be mood directly to the spreading equipment for placing. The material may be obtain- ed from gravel pits, stockpiles, or may be produced from a crushing and screening plant with the proper 'olending. The materials from these sources shall meet the requirements for gradation, quality, and consistency. It is the intent of this section of Vie specifications to secure materials that will not require further mixing. The moisture content of the material shall bo approximately that required to obtain maxl=m density. Any minor deficiency or excess of moisture may be corrected by surface sprinkling or by aeration. In such instances, some mixing or manipulation may be required, immediately preceding the rolling, to obtain the required moisture content. The final operation shall be blading or dragging, if necessary, to obtain a smooth uniform surface true to lino and grade. 4-.6 PLANT MIXIMI. When materials from s.vsral a rnu^ces are to be blended and mixed, tho subbase material shall be processed in a central or travel WAing plant. The subbase material, together with any blended material, shalt be the roughly mixed with the required amount of rimer. After the mixing is complete, the material shall bo tranxported to and spread on the :;nderlying course Vithout Wee- c Joss of the moisturo content. DIV Ii Page g3 i ti h 5 . V, V1 77 7771 r r AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEI•1 P-154 SUBBASE COURSE ' 154-3.7 MD(M III PLACE. F.'hen materials from different sources are to be proportioned and mixed or blended in place, the relative proportions of the ' components of the nixture shall be as designated by the engineer. The subbase material shall be deposited and spread evenly to a uniform thickness and width. Then the binder, Filler or other material shall be deposited and spread evenly over the first layer. There shall be as many layers of materials added as the engineer may direct to obtain the required ' subbase mixture. When the required amount of materials have been placed, they shall ba thoroughly mixed and blended by means of approved graders, discs, harrows, r rotary tillers, supplemented by other suitable equipment if necessary. The mixing shall continue until the rixture is unifom throughout. Areas of segregated msterial shall be corrected by the addition of binder or filler mati'rial and by thorough remixing. Water in the amount and as directed by ' the engineer shalt' be uniformly applied prior to and during the mixing operationsr if necessary, to maintain the material at its required moisture content. When the mixing and blending his been completed, the material shall be spread in a uniform layer whic?', when compacted, will meet the Ir . requirements of thickness and typical cross section. ' 154-3.8 OENErAL MIM0DS MR pLACING4 The subbase course shall be construct- ed in layers. Any Layer shall be not less than 3 inches nor more than 8 inches of compacted thickness. The material, as spread, shall be o1 uniform gradation tdth no pockets of f:L.ne or coarse materials. The subbase, unless otherwise permitted by the engineer, shall not be spread muse than 2,000 square yards in advance of the rolling. Amory necessary sprinkling shall be kept within this limrit. No maeirial shall be placed in snow or on a soft, muddy, or frozen course. When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described herein shall apply similarly to each layer. During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the incorporation of subgrade, shoulder, or foreign material in the a subbase course mixture. r 154 4 b'Itf1mmio AuD w4PAClmoo Aft-or spreading or rdxirg, the subbase material shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling and sprinkling, when necessary. Sufficient ryllers shall be furrJohed to adequately handle the rate of placing and spreading of the subbase course. 46 1 Page ry4 DIV II r 1 r 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5374-10 t ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSE ' Rolling shall progress gradually from the aides to the center of the lane under construction, or from one skis toward Previously placed material, by lapping uniformly each preceding track by at least 12 inches. The rolling shall cont•iaae until the Material ib thoroughly set and stable, and the subbase material has been compacted to not less than 100% of maxim density at optirmrm moisture as determined by the eompt,ption control tests specified ' in FAA T-611. Blading and rolling shall be done alternately, as required or directed, to obtain a smooth, even, and uniformly compacted subbase. The course shall not be rol"ed w1;en the underlying course is soft or yielding or when the rolling P%uses undulation in the subbase. When the rolling develops irregularities that exceed j inch when tested with a lb-foot straightedge, the irregular surface shall be loosened and then refilled with ' the same kind of material as that used in constructing the course and again rolled as required above. ' Along places inaccessible to rollers, the subbase material shall be tamped thorou&`ly with mechanical or hand tamp^ a, Sprinkling during rolling, if necessary, shall be in the amount and by equipment approved by the engineer. Water shall not be added in such a manner or quantity that free water will reach the underlying layer and cause it to became soft. ' 154-3.10 SURFACE TEST. After the course is completely compacted, the surface shall be tested for smoothnesz and accuracy of grade and crown; any portion found to lack the required smoothness or to fail in accuracy of grade or cmz shall be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, and otherwise D manipulated as the engineer may direct until the required smoothness and accuracy are obtained. The finished surface shall not vary more than f inch-when tested with a 16-foot straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to, the centerline. P4-3,11 THICKNESS. The thickness of the completed subbase course shall ' be determined by depth tests or cores taken at intervals so each test shall represent no more torn 500 square yards. When the deficiency in I'hi,ckneas is more than j inch, the contractor shall correct such areas by scarifying, ' adding satisfactory mixture, rolling, sprinkling, reshaping, and finishing in accordance with these specifications. The contractor shall rep:.ace at his expcnse the subbase material Viers borings aroa taken for test pur%oses. Dlti' II Pa,;c 91, e~ ec 150/5370.10 10/24/74 ~I 1 I ITEM ' P-154 SUBBASE COURSE 154-3.12 PROrIECTION. Worc on subb.se course shall not be -:mducted dw.~ing freezing temperature nor when the subgrade is wet. When the subbase material co:rtains frozen material or when the underlying course is frozen, the can- 1 struction shall be stopped. ' _154-3.13 MAINTENAWE. Following the final shaping of the material, tho subbase shall be maintained throughout its entire length by the use of Y standard motor graders and rollers until, in the judgement of the engineer, ' the subbase meets all requirements and is acceptable for the construction of the next course. Method of Measurement 1 .l The yardage of subbase course to be paid for shall be the raxaber of cubic yards of subbase course material placed, compacted, and accepted in the completed course. The quantity of subbase course material shall be measured in final position based upon depth tests or cores taken as directed ' by the engineer, or at the rate of 1 depth test for each 500 square yards of subbase course, or by means of average and areas on the complete work computed from elevations to the nearest 0.01 foot. On individual depth measurements, thicknesses more than j inch in excess of that shown on the ' plans shall be considered as the specified thickness plus I inch in comput- ing the yardage for payment. Subbase materials shall not be inolide•± in any other excavation crmtities. I Basis of Payment i54- .l Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for subbase course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materiale; for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these materials; and, for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to completo the item. Payment will be made unders ' Item P.•154-5.1 Subbase Course--per cubic yard. 'rage 96 , DIV it S .~T - eve ra r , Kn r~~ryn.t 0 .io/24/74 A 1 1 ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSE 1 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQ7DUME3 TS Test and St.,ort Title Material and Short Title 1 AASHO T 11 do T 27--Gradation None AASHO T 89--Liquid Limit 1 m,Wo T 90--Plastic Limit and f Plasticity Index PAA S-611--Density i1 1 . II 1 1 • 1 DIV II Page j! (Reserve Pa;;c 93) y 10/24/7 AC 150/5370-10 ITQ4 Y-155 LIIM-TREATED SABGRADE ' Description t l 1.1 This item shall consist of constructing one or more courses of a mixture of soil, lime, and water in accordance with this specification,. and in conformity with the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross ' sections shows. on the plans or established by the engineer. Materials 1 155-2.1 HYDRATED LIME. Hydrated lime shall conform to the requirements ' of AS'IM C-207, Type N. 55-2.2 C0144MCIAL LIME SLURRY. Commercial lime slurry shall be a pumpable suspension of solids in water. The water or liquid portion of the slurry shall not contain dissolved material iii sufficient quantity naturally injurious or objectionable for the purpose intended. The solids ' portion of the mixture, when considered on the basis of "solids content," shall consist principally of hydrated li,:R of'i quality and fineness sufficient to meet the following requirements as to chemical composition and residue. (a) Chemical composition. The "solids e,-ontent" of the lime slurry shall consist of a minimum of 70,x9 by weight, of calcium and magnesium oxides. (b) Residue. The percent by weight of residue retained in the "solids content" of lime slurry shall conform to the following requirements: Residue retained on a No. 6 (3360-micron) sieve Max. 0.0% Residue retained on a No. 10 (2000-micron) sieve Max. 1.0% Residue retained on a No. 30 (590-micron) sieve Max. 2.5% DIV 11 page 99 1 ,.r AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITE7 r P-155 LIME-TREA'T'ED SUBGRADy ' (c) Grade. Cccmercial lime slurry shall conform to one of the following two gradest Grade 1. The "dry solids content" shall be at least 31% by weight, of the slurry. Grade 2. The "dry solids content" shall be at least 35%, by weight, ' of the slurry. 155-2. WATER. Water used for mixing or curing shall be ressonably Clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product. Water shall be tested in accordlaace with and shall meet the suggested requirements of WHO T 26. Water known to be of potable quality may be used without test. 155-2.4 SOIL. The soil for this work shall consist of materials on the site or selected materials from other sources and shall be uniform in quality and gradation, and shall be approved by the engineer. The soil shall be free of roots, sod, weeds, and stones larger than 2 1/2 inches. ' Composition 155-3.1 LIME. Lime sht.ll be applied at the rate specified on the plans for the depth of subgrade treatment shown. 355•-3.2 TOLERANCES, At final compaction, the line and water content for each course of subgrade treatment shall conform to the following tolerances: ' Material Tolerance 0.5% Water------. Page 100 DIV IT 1 10/24/74 Ac 150/5370-10 STEM P-155 LIME-TREATED SUHGRADE Weather Linitations 1 155-4.1 WEATHER IMCUTIONS. The lime-treated subgrade sh-ill not be mixed ' while '.he atmospheric temperature is below 406F. or when conditions indicate that temperatures may fall below 406F. within 24 house, when it is foggyv or rainy, or when soil or subgrade is frozen. Equipment 155-5.1 EOUIPKW. The equipment required shall include all equipment necessary to complete this item such ass grading and scarifying equipment, a spreader for the lime or lime slurry, mixing or pulverizing equipment, sheepsfoot and pneumatic or :vibrating rollers, sprinkling equipment, trucks, and truck scales. All machinery, tools, and equipment shall be on the site t and approved by the engineer prior to the beginning of construction operations and shall be maintained in a satisfactory, working condition throughout the construction period. Construction Methods 155-6.1 GENERAL. It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed subgrade containing a uniform lime mixture, free from t loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth, and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to regulate the sequence of his work, to use the proper amount of lime, maintain the work, and rework the courses as necessary to meet the above requirements. ' Prior to beginning any lime treatment the subgrade shall be constructed and brought to grade as specified in lZen P-152 "Excavation and Dibankment" and shall be shaped to conform to the typical seotionsp lines, and grades as shown on the plans or as established by the engineer. The owAterial to be treated shall then be excavated to the secondary grade (pvzd6sed bottom of lime treatment) and removed or windrowed to expose the secondary grade. Any wet or unstable materials below the secondary grade shall be 1 corrected, as directed by the engineei-, by scarifying, adding lime, and compacting until it is of uniform stability. The excavated material shall then be spread to the desired cross section. ' DIV II P&G! 101 1 AC 150/5370-10 10 /ed/7 ITEM{ P-155 LINE-TREATED SUM ME 1 If the contractor elects to use a cutting and pulOrizing machine that will remove the subgrade material, accurately to the secondary grade and pulverize the material at the same tithe, he will not be retuired to expo9e the secondary grade nor windrow the material. Howev4r; the contractor she21 be required to roll the subgrade, as directed by the"engineer, and correct any soft areas that this rolling may reveal before.using the pulverizing 1 machine. This method will be permitted only where'a machine is provided which will insure that the material is cut uniformly to the proper depth and thich has cutters that Rill plane the secondary grade to a smooth surface over the entire width of the cut. The machine must give visible indication at all times that it is cutting to the proper depth. ' 155-6.2 APPLICATION. Lime shall be spread only c-n that area where the first mixing operations can be completed during the same working day. The application and mixing of lime with the soil shall be accomplished by the 1 methods hereinafter described as "Dry Placing" or "Slurry Placing." When hydrated lime is specified, the contractor may use either method. (a) Dry placing. The lime shall be spread uniformly over tkw,top 1 of the subgrade by an approved screw-type spreader box or other ao ~ved spreading equipment. The amount of lime "spread shall be the amount required for mixing to the specified depth thich will result in the 1 percentage determined in the job mix formula. The lime shall be distribut/ni in such manner that scattering by wind will ' be minimal. Lime shall not be applied when wind conditions, in the opinion of the engineer, are detrimental to a proper application. A motor grader shall not be used to spread the lime. The material shall be 1 sprinkled, as directed by the engineer, until the proper moisture content has been reached. (b) Slurry placing. The lime shall be mixed with water in trucks 1 with approved distributors arl applied as a this, water suspension or slurry. Commercial lime slurry shall be applieA with a lime percentage not less Vian that applicable for the grade used. The distribution of lime ' shall be attained by successive passes over a measured section of subgrad•s until the proper amount of lime has been spread. The amount of lime, spread shall be the amount required for mixing to the specified depth which will 1 result in the percentage determined in the Job mix formula. The distributor truck shall continually agitate the slurry to keep the mixture uniform. 1 1 Page 102 D1Y_II 1 t ' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 IT94 P-155 LIME-TREATED S'JBGRADE 155-6.3 MLKIW. The mixing procedure shall be the same for "Dry Placing" or "Slurry Placing" as hereinafter describeds (a) First mixing. The full depth the treated subgrade shall be ' mixed vrith an approved mixing machine. Lime shall not be left exposed for more than six hours. The mixing machine, shall make two coverages. Water shall be added to the subgrade during mixing to provide a moisture content above the optimum moisture content of the material and to insure chemical action of the lime and subgrade. After mixing, the subgrade shall be lightly rolled to seal the surface and help prevent evaporation ' of moisture. The water content of the subgrade mixture shall be maintained at a moisture content above the optimum moisture content for a minimum of 48 hours or until the material becomes friable. During the curing ' period, the material shall be sprinkled as directed. During the interval of time between application and mixing, lime that has been exposed to the open air for 6 hours or more, or to excessive loss duP to washing or blowing will not be accepted for payment. (b) F.'.naa.mixinng. After, the required c»sing time, the material shall be uniformly mixed by approved xethods. If tiho mixture contains clods, they shall•be reduced in size )j blading, disoing, harrowing, scarifying, or the use of other approved Pulverization methods so that the remainder of the clods shall meet the following requirements when tested dry by laboratory sieves: Percent Minimum of clods passing 1 1/2 inch'sleve 100 ' Minimum of clods passing No. 4 sieve----------------- 60 ' 15576.4 COMPACTION. Compaction of the mixtw•e shall begin immediately after final mixing. The material shall be aerated or sprinkled as necessary to provide optimum moisture. Compaction should begin at the bottom and shall continue until the entire depth of mixture is uniformly compacted. The entire thickness of the treated subgrade shall be compacted to a density of at least 93% of maximum Oensity at optimum moisture, as determined by the compaction control tests in Item T-611. The material shall be sprinkled and rolled as directed by the engineer. All irregularities, depressions, or weak spots wh.`.ch develop shall be corrected immediately by scarifying the areas affected, adding or removing material as required, and reshaping and ttcompacting by sprinkling and rolling. The surface of the course shall oe maintained in a smooth condition, free from undulations and ruts, until other work is placed thereon or the work is accepted. i DIV Il Page 103 j, ?:7 ' AC 159)/5370-10 10/2b/74 i rte! P-'-55 LINE-TMkrj'E.D SUBORADE ' In addition to the :^eq%iirements specified for density, Us full depth of the material afiiorm on the plane shall be compacted to the extent necessary to remain fine and stable under cony ruction equipment. After each section ' is completed, tests krill be made 5y the engineer. If the material fails to ! meet the density requdrements, it 'shall be reworked to meet t'iess require- ments. Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be t maintained by blading, and tbo surface upon completion shall be smooth and shall conform with the typical section shores on the plans and to the established lines and grades. Shotld the material, due to any reason or t cause, lose the requires 'tability,`densi!y, and finish before the next course is placed. or the * k is accepted,'xt shall be recompacted and refinished at the sole eknense of the contrator. 1 1i-6.5 FINl5HM AND CURING. After the .final layer or course of lime-treated subgrade has been compacted,-it shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the typical sections. The completed section shall then be finished by rolling, as directed, with a pneumatic or other suitable roller sufficiently light to prevent hair cracking. The finished surface shall not vary more than " inch when tested with a 16-foot straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to the pavement centerline. Any variations in excess of this tolerance shall be corrected by the contractor, at his own expense, in b ' manner satisfactory to the engineer. The completed section shall be moist-cured for a minimum of 7 days before ' further courses are added or any traffic is permitted, unless otherwise directed by the engineer. Subsequent courses shall be applied within 14 days after the lime-'rested subgrade is cured. 1 6.6 THICMM. The thickness of the lice-treated subgrade shall be determined by depth tests or cores taken at intervals so that each test shall represent no more than 300 square yards. When the base deficiency is more than 112 inch, the contractor shall correct such areas in a manner satisfactory to the engineer. The contractor shall replace, at We expense, the base material whererboringe are taken for test purposes. Page 104 DIY II 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' ITEM P-155 LIME-TREATED SUBGRADE t 155-6.7 MA RrEWME. The contractor shall maintain, at his own expense, the entire lime-treated subgrade 4n good condition from the start of work until all the work has been completed, cured, and accepted by the engineer. Method of Measurement 155-7.1 The yardage of lime-treated subgrade to be paid for shall be the number of e.p:are yards corpleted and wicepted. 155-7.2 The amount of lime to be paid for shall be thi number of pounds e of hydrated lime (or the calculated dry-lime content of the lime used as authorized. ' Basis of Payment 155-8.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for the lime-treated subgrade of the thickness specified. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, except the lime, and ' for all preparations delivering, placing and mixing these materials, and all 1Dt)or, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete this item. 155-8,2 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per pound of ' lime. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing this material; for all delivery, placing and incorporiFtion of this material; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidenta:te necessary to complete this item. ' Payment will be wide under: Item P-155-8.1 Lime-treated subgrade--per square yard. ' Item P-155-8.2 Lime--per ton, 1 r DIV 11 Page 105 Ac 150/5.370-10 10/24 74 ITER P-155 LIME-TREATED SUHGRADE ' TESTING AND 14TERIAL RKUIREMEDJPS Test and short tile Material and short title ' AASHO T26---water AAN C 207--Lime FAA T-611.-Density 1 , 1 Page 106 DIV 11 ITEM P-209-CRIJSHED AGGREGATE BASS COURSE All Paragraphs under Item P-209-Crushed Aggregate Base Course shall apply with the following modifications: 209-2.1 AGGREGATE. On Page 146,delete the paragraph preceding Table 1, Requirements for Gradation of Aggregate and substitute the followJ'age ' The crushed aggregate shall %eet the requirements of the gradation shown in Column B in the following table when tested with AASHO T11 and T27. r~ F r 1 { I 1 1 r 10/24/74 A4 150/53700.-10 ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE Description 1.1 This item shall consist of a base course composed of crushed aggregates constructed on %!,d prepared underlying course in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the dbnensions and typical cross section shown on the plans and with the lines and grades established by the engineer. Materials r • 209-2.1 AGGRFx}ATE. The aggregate shall be either crushed atone, crushed ' gravel, or crushed slag. The fine aggregate shall be screenings obtained from crushed atone, gravel, or slag. The crushed stone shall consist of hard, durable particles or fragments of stone, free from dirt or other objectionable matter, and shall contain not more than 8% of flat, elongated, soft, or disintegrated pieces. ' The crushed gravel shall consist of hard durable stones, rocks, and boulders crushed to specified sizes and shall be frAs from excess flat, elongated, soft or disintegrated pieces, dirt, or other objectionable matter. The t method used in production of crushed gravel shall be such that the finished product shall be as uniform as practicable. The crushing of the gravel shall result in a product, all of which will be retained on a No. 4 mesh sieve, and shall have at least 9* by waight of particles with at least two fractured feces and 100% by weight of particles with at least one fractured face. If necessary, the gravel shall be screened before crushing to meet this requirement or to eliminate an excess of fine particles. All stones, ' rocks, and boulders of inferior quality occurring in the pit ,ball be wasted. ' The crushed slag shall be air-cooled, blast furnace slag and shall consist of angular fragments reasonably uniform in density and quality and shall be reasonably free from thin, elongated, or soft pieces, dirt, and other objectionable matter. It shall weigh not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot, as determined by AASHO T 19. Ile orushed aggregate shall have a percent of wear not more than 45 at 500 revolutions, as dote.-rdned by AASHO T 96 (Los Angeles Rattler Test). ' DIV II Page 145 aios~~ AC 150/5*-10 10/24/74 1 ITE74 P-209 CHUMED AGGREOATE RASE COURSE The, crushed aggregate shall r,t show evidence of disintegration nor show a total loss greater than 12;3 vinen subjected to 5 cycles of the sodium sulphate accelerated soundness test using AASHO T 104. All material passing the No. 4 mesh sieve produced in the crushing operation t of either the stone, gravel, or slag shall be incorporated in the base material unless there is an excessive amount which, if included, would not meet the gradation requirements. The crushed aggregate shall meet the requirements of one of the gradations Given in the following table when tested in accordance with AASHO T 11 and T 27- Table l.--Requirements for Gradation of Aggregate 1 Per-antageby weight passing sieves Sieve designation A `B C (square openings) _ 2" maximum 1%" maximum i" maximum 11 inch ~ inch - 100 - ineh 6645 10-96 104 % inch 60-80 6" 10-100 No. 4 10-20 10-60 16- 85 No. 44 14-26 10-26 16- 25 No. 200 8-10 1-10 1- 10 ' The gradations in the table represent the limits which shall determine suitability of aggregate for use from the sources of supply. The final gradations decided en within the limits designated in the table shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall not vary from the iou limit on one sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieves or vice versa. The amount of the fraction of material passing the No. 200 mesh sieve shall not exceed one half the fraction passing the No. 40 mesh sieve. ' The portion of the base aggregate, including any blended material, passing the No. 40 mesh sieve shall have a liquid limit of not more than 25 and a plasticity index of not more than 6 when tested in accordance with WHO T 89 and T 90, The selection of Any of the gradations shown in the table shall be -such that the maximum. site aggregate used in any course shall not be mo;^e than two thirds the thickness of the layer of course being constructed, DIV ii Page 146 10124/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE SASE COURSE 209-2.2 ADDITIONAL PINE MATERIAL. If additional fine material, in excess t of that naturally present in the base course material, is necessary for correcting the gradation to the limitations of the specified gradation, or for the satisfactory bonding of`~he base material, or for :hanging the soil ' constants of the material passing the No. 40 mesh sieve, it shall, be uniformly blended and mixed with the base course material at the crushing plant or by an approved plant. There shall be no reworking of the bass course material in-place to obtain the specified gradation. The additional fine material for this purpose shall be obtained from the crushing of stone, gravel, or slag and when uped, shall be of a gradation as necessary to accomplish the specified gradation in thq final mixed base course material. Construction Methods 2099-3.1 OPEFATION AT SOURCES O'F SUPPLY. All work involved in clearing and t' etrippinr of quarries and pits, including the handling of unsuitable material, shall be performed by the contractor at his own expense. The base material shall be obtained from approved sources. The material shall be handled in a manner that shall secure a uniform and satisfactory product. =?09-3.2 EOWPMEW. All equipment necessary for ttie proper construction of 1 talis work shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. 209-3.3 PREPARING UNDFRLY NO COURSE. The underlying course shall be checked and accepted by the engineer before planing and spreading operations are sW4,ed. Any ruts or soft, yielding places caused by improper drainage ' conditions, hauling, or any other cause, shall be corrected and rolled to the required compaction before the bass course is placed thereon. ' Grade control between the edges of the runbrays shall be accomplished by grade stakes, steel pins, or forms placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of the pavement and at intervals sufficiently eloae that string lines or ch ck boards may be placed between the stakes, pine, or forms. To protect the underlying course and to insure proper drainage, the spreading of the base shell begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of the pavement with a one-way slope. 1 bIV 11 Page 147 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 20L2.4 FLAW MIX. The base material shall be uniformly blended during crushing operations or mixed in an approved plant. The type of pl^it may ' be either a central proportioning and mixing plant or a traveling plant. The plant shall blend and mix `.he materials w meet these specifications and to secure the pw,per moisture content for compaction. 209-2.5 PI,ACM AND SPREADING. (a) Central Plant. Th9 crushed aggregate base material that has been ' proportioned in a crushing and screening plant, or proportioned and processed in a central mixing plant, shall be placed on the prepared under] 'ting course ' and compacted in layers of the thickness shown on the plans. The depositing and spreading of the material shall commence where designated and shall progress without breaks. The material shall be deposited and spread in ' lanes in a uniform layer and without segregation of size to such loose depth that, when compaeted, the layer shall have the required thickness. The base aggregate shall be spread by spreader boxes or other approved devices ' or methods that shall spread the aggregate in the required amount to avoid or minimize the need for rehandling the material and to prevent the rutting of the underlying course. The spreader boxes or other devices shall be equipped with strike-off templets or screeds that can be adjusted or con- trolled to secure the required thickness of the material. Dumping from vehioles in piles on the underlying course v►ieh will require rehandling shall not be permitted. Hauling over the uncompacted base course shall not be permitted. (b) Traveling Plant. If a traveling plant is used for mixing, the ' base material shall be placed on the underlying course in such condition to provide a base mixture conforming to the specified gradation and moisture contents and in such quantivyr to develop the thickness of the layer of the base and the density after compaction. The material shall be shaped to a ' uniform section. The engineer shall examine the mixture to determine that the mixing is complete and satisfactory and that the proper moisture content is ma W'r,ined before compaction is started. No spreading shall be done ' except m authorized. Care shall be taken that no material from the underlyli.g course is mixed with the base material. It necessary, the base course shall be bladed until a smooth, uniform surface is obtained that is true to line, grade, and cross section and until the mi:, is in condition for compacting. ' Fage 148 DIV 11 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 1 ' ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGA'T'E BASE COURSE (o) Method of Plao_ ice. The base course shall be constructed in a ' layer not less than inches nor more than 41 inches of compacted thickness. The aggregate, as spread, shall be of uniform gradation with no segregation or pockets of fine or coarse materials. Unless otherwise permitted by the engineer, the aggregate shall not be spread mDre than 2,000 square yards in advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept within these limits. No material shall be placed in show or on a soft, muddy, or frozen underlying course. 'When more than one layer ;.s required, the construction procedure described herein shall apply similarly to each layer. ' 's'he engineer shall make tests to determine the maximum density and the proper moisture content of the base material, and this information will be available to the conLa^actor. The base material shall have a satisfactory ' moisture content when rolling is started, and any minor variations prior to or during rolling shall be corrected by sprinkling or aeration, if necessary. During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the imoorporation of eubgrade, subbase, or shoulder material in the ' base corirse nixbire. 209-3.6 PINISHING AND COMPACTING. After spreading; the crushes aggregate shall to thoroughly compacted by rolling. The rolling shall progress gradually from the sides to the center of the lane under construction, or from orie side toward previously placed material by lapping uniformly each ' preceding rear-wheel track by one-half the width of such track. Rolling shall continue until the entire area of the course has been rolled by the rear wheels. The rolling shall continue until the stone is thoroughly set, the interstices of the material reduced to a minimum, and until creeping of the stone ahead of the roller is no longer visible. Rolling shall corLinue until the base material hae been compacted to not less than 100,E density, as determined by the compaction- control tests specified in FAA T-bll. Blading ' and rolling shall be done alternately, as required or direoted, to obtain smooth, even; and uniformly compacted base. ' The courss shall not be rolled when the wlderlying course is soft or yielding or when the rolling caases undulation in the base course. 'When the rolling develops irregularities that exceed 0 inch when tested with a lb-foot straightedge, the irregular surface shall be loosened, refilled with the kind of material as that used in constructing the course, and rolled again as required. DIV 11 Page 149 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 IM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE 13ASE COURSE In areas inaccessible to rollers, th.. base course material shall be tamped thoroughly with mechanical tampers. The sprinkling during rolling, if necessary, shall be in the amount and by equipment approved by the engineer. 20-9-3.7 3 ~ e SURFACE TEST. After the course has been completely compacted, the surface shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown. Any ' portion lacking the required smoothness or failing in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, and otherwise manipulated as the engineer may direct until the required smoothness and accuracy are ' obtained. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3A inch from a 16Afoot straightedge when applied to the surface parallel with, and at right angles to, the centerline. 209--3.8 THICKNESS. The thickness of the base course shall be deterniined ' by'Jept1i tests or cores taken at intervals in such a manner that each test shall represent no more than 300 square yards. When the base deficiency is more than j inch, the contractor shall correct such areas by scarifying, adding satisfactory base mixture, rolling, sprinkling, rest.aping, and finishing in accordAnc a with these specifications, The contractor shall ' replace, at his expense, t1ho base material where borings have been taken for test purposes. 209-3.9 PROTECTION, Work on the base course shall not be accomplished during freezing temperatures nor when the pubgrade is wet. When the ' -3gregates contain frozen materials or when tho underlying course is frozen, the construction shall be stopped, Hauling equipment may be routed over completed portions of the base course, provided no damage results and provided that tucr, equipment is routed over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. However, the engineer in charge shall have full and specific authority to stop'all hauling over completed or partially completed base course when, in his opinion, such hauling is causing damage. Any damage resulting to the base course from routing equipment over the base course shall be repaired by the contractor at his own expense. ' page 150 Div It 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 1 ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE SASE COURSE 209-3.10 MAINTENANCE. Following the completion of they base course, the ' contractor shall perform all maintenance work necessary to keep the base course in a condition satisfactory for priming. After priming, the surface shall be kept clean and free from foreign material. The base course shall be properly drained at all times. If cleaning is necessary, or if the prime ' coat becomes disturbed, any worx or restitution necessary shall be performed at the expense of the contractor. ' Method of Measurement 209-4.1 The quantity of crushed aggregate base course to be paid for shall e number of cubin yards of material placed, bonded, and accepted in the 15e- completed base course. The quantity of base course material shall be ' measured in final positier., based upon depth tests or cores taken as directed by the engineer, at the rate of 1 depth test for each 300 square yards of base course, or by means of average end arear. on the complete work computed from elevations to the nearest 0,01 foot. On individual depth measurements, thicknesses more than j inch in excess cf that shown on the plans shall be considered as specified thickness, plus 3 inch in computing ' the yardage for pavf=,ent. Basis of Payment .1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard ' for crushed aggregate base course. This price shall be full, compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, egaipment, tools, and incidentals ' necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: It4&4 P-209-5.1 Crushed Aggregate Base Course--per ,ubie yard ISSTIWj AND MATERIAL REQIlIREWTS Testing and short title ;-Laterial and short title ' AASHO T 96 - Abrasion None AASHO T 104 - Soundness ' AAS1i0 T 11 and T 27 Gradation DN YY Paae 1S1 1 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/72 1 ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE AASHO T 89 - Liquid Limit AASHO T 90 - Plastio Limit and Plasticity Index ' FAA T-Zil - Density AASHO T 19 - Unit Height I 1• e• i. 1 1 1 1 Page 152 DIV 11 ' ITEM P-401-BITUNINOW SURFACE COURSE All paragraphs under item P-401-Bituminous surface course shall apply with the following modifications 401-1.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Delete the two paragraphs and substitute the followings This item shall consist of a surface course composed of mineral aggregate and bituminous material; mixed in a centr%1 mixing plant and placed on a 1 prepared course in accordance with, the spilcifications and shall conform to the dimension, typical cross-sections and' lines and grades shown on the plans. 401-2.1 AGGREGATE. Delete the fourth paragraph relating to pavements which will serve aircraft weighing less than 30,000 pounds. 401-2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The type and grade of asphaltic cement shall be THD AC-20. The material shall be free from water, shall not foam when ' heated vo 3470F and shall meet the following requirements: AC-20 TEST Min. Max. Viscosity, 140 P stokes..... 2000 ± 400 Viscosity, ' 273 F stokes..... 2.5 Penetrations 77 F, Mg, 5 set...... 55 ' Flash Point, C.Q.C.F.......... 450 solubility in trichloroethylene, percent.......... 99.0 Test on residues from thin film oven taste Wicosity, 140 F stokes..... 6000 Ductility, 77 F 5 cme per min, ems. 50 a 1 401-3.1 COMPOSITION OF MI%TURES. The composition limits for ailPort pavement designated for gross aircraft weights of more than 30,000 pounds shall govern. In the tables titled ASTM D-1559 and ASTM D-1560 use the 1 appropriate column for gross aircraft weights of more than. 30,000 pounds. 401-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. The bituminous surface course shall be Texas 1 Highway Department Type "C" (Coarse Graded Surface Course). Delete Table 1 - Aggregate Bituminous Surface Course shown on Page 269 of the specification and add the following Table: TABLE 1 THD TYPE "C" (COARSE GRADED SURFACE CMRSEL Passing 7/8" sieve 100 1 Passing 5/8" sieve ......................................95 to 100 Passing 5/8" sieve, retained on 3/8" sieve ..............15 to 40 Passing 3/8" sieve, retained on No. 4 sieve......•••••••10 to 35 1 Passing No. 4 sieve, retained on No. 10 sieve..0 ..••••••10 to 30 Total retained on No. 10 sieve•.••••••••••••••••••••••••50 to 70 Passing No. 10 sieve# retained on No. 40 sieve.......... 0 to 30 Passing No. 40 sieve, retained o» No. 80 sieve.......... 4 to 25 Passing No. 60 sieve, retained on No. 200 sieve......... 3 to 25 1 0 to 6 Passing No. 200 sieve The asphaltic material shall form from 3.5 to 7 percent of the mix- tune by weight unless specified otherwise on the plans. Tolerances. The Engineer will designate the exact grading of the aggregate and asphalt content, within the above limits, to be used in the ' mixture. The paving mixture produced should not vary from the designated grading and asphalt content by more than the tolerances allowed hereint however, the mixture produced shall conform to the limitations for master grading specified above. Percent by Weight ' Passing 7/8" sieve, retained on 3/8" .sieve........ ..Plus or Minus 5 Passing 5/8" sieve, retains'. on 3/8" sieve ......Plus or Minus 5 1 Passing 3/8" sieve, retafhed on No. 4 eisve.......••Plus or Minus 5 Pazvin: No. 4 sieve, retained on No. 10 sieve....... Plus or Minus 5 Total retained on No. 10 sieve ......................Plut or Minus 5 Passings No. 10 sieve, retained on No. 40 sieve......Plus or Minus 3 Passing No. 40 sieve, retained on No. 80 sieve...... Plus or Minus 3 Passirej No. 80 sieve, retained on No. 200 sieve Plus or Minus 3 Passing No. 200 sieve ...............................Plus or Minus 3 1 Asphalt material Plus or Minus 0.5 i 1 1 401-5.1, 5.2, 5.3 and 5... - Delete 401-6.1 -Delete 401-7.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Bituminous surface course will be measured by the ton of 2,000 pounds of completed and accepted work in accordance with ' the plans and specifications. The material shall be weighed after mixing and nayment shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, heating$ mixing, hauling, cleaning the existing pavement surface, placing, rolling and finish- ing and for all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals neces- sary to complete the work. Testing and material requirements required on Page 283 of item P-401 - Bituminous Surface Course will apply. 1 1 i t 1 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 FLEXIBLE SURFACE COURSE$ ITEM P-401 BITU?1INOUS SURFACE COURSE ' (Central Plant Hot Mix) Description ' 401-1.1 This item shall consist of a surface cource composed of mineral aggregate and bituminous material, mixed in a central mixing plant and placed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and ' shall conform to the dimensions and typical cross section shown on the plans and with lines and grades established by the engineer. When specified on the plans, the surface course shall be constructed in two or more courses. Each course shall be constructed to the depth, typical section, or elevation required by the plans and shall be rolled, finished, ' and approved before the placement of the next r,ourse. Materials 401.2.1 AGGREGATE. The aggregate shall coWs ,it bf crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag with or without sand or other inert finely divided mineral aggregate. The aggregate shall be composed of sotnd, tough, durable particles, free from clay balls, organic matter, and other deleterious substances. The aggregate shall not contain more than 8%. by weight, of flat or elongated pieces. The coarse aggregate (retained oo the No. 8 sieve) shall show no more than t 40X wear when tested in accordance with AASHO T 96. It shall show no signs of disintegration nor shall the sodium sulfate soundness lope exceed 9X, or the magnesium soundness loss exceed 12%, when tested in accordance with AASHO T 104. Yor pavements which will serve aircraft weighing 30,000 pounds or more, the ' criahing of tho aggregate shall result in a product in which the coarse aggregate (retained on the No, b sieve) shall have at least 73% by weight of particles with at least two fractured feces and at least 90% by weight of particles with one or more fractured faces. ' DIV 12 Page 265 1 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 1 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE 1 For pave:entl which will serve aircraft weighing less than 30,000 pounds, the crushinf; of the aggregate shall result in a product in which the coarse 1 aggregate (retained on the No. 8 sieve) shall have at least 60% by weight of pdrticles with one or more fractured faces. (The plans or the special provisions of tha specifications will specify the weight of the aircraft the 1 pavement .rill serve.) Slag ,Ahall be air-cooled, blast furnace slag, and shall have a compacted weight of not less than 70 pcunds per cubic foot when tested in accordance 1 with AASHO T 19. The fine aggregate, including any blended filler, shall have a plasticity 1 index of not more than 6 when tested in accordance with AASHO T 90, and a liquid limit of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with AASHO T 89. The bituminous mix shall have a swell of not more then 1.5% when tested in 1 accordance with AASHO T 101. The bituminous mix shall not shw evidence of stripping when tested in accordance with AASHO T 282. Antistrii, agents shall be used if necessary. E 1 401-2.2 FILLER. If filler, in addition to that naturally present in the aggregate, is necessary, it shall consist of stone dust, loess, Portland cements or other approved mineral matter. The filler material shall meet the requirements of AASHO H 17. 1 401-2.3 BITLVNOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and mixing temperatures for the bituminous materials are given below. The engineer shall designste the specific material to be used. Type and grade Specification Mixing temperature Asphalt cement AASHO M 20 276°-3260 F. v136-1.00, 120-160 1 Tar AASHO M 62 1760-2600 F. RT-100 RT--110 RT-12 i 1 r i . 1 Page 266 DIV 11 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE Composition ' 401-3.1 COMPOSITIM OF MIXTURES. The bituminous plant affix shall be composed of a mixture of aggregate, filler if required, and bituminous material. The several aggregate fractions shall be sited, uniformly graded, 1 and ct►mbined in such proportions that the resulting mixture meets the grading requirements of the Job mix formula. The composition limits tabulated shali govern, but a closer control appropriate to the job materials will be required for the specific project in accordance with the job mix formula. The final designated gradations ' shall produce a relatively smooth curve when plotted on a semilogarithmic gradation chart.' The mixture shall meet the requirements of one of the following ASTM tests, ' plus the stated limitations on voids, voids filled, and swell. ASTM D-1559 ' For airport pavement For airport pavement designated for gross designated for gross aircraft weights of aircraft weights of more than 30,000 lbs. less than 30,000 lbs. Number of blows each end of specimen 76 75 Stability (Minimum) 1800 1000 Flow (Maximum) hun• dredths of an inch------ 16 16 Flow (Minimum) hun- dredths of an inch------ 8 g Percent voids 3 t06 3 to 5 ' Percent voids filled with bitumen 70 to 80 ?5 to 85 ASTM D-1560 Stabilometer (Min) 40 37 Cohesiometer (Min) b0 b0 Swell, Inches (Max) Vlti)o 0.030 Percent voids (Min) 4 4 ' DIV It Page 267 i B AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM F-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE 401-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. Work shall not b,tgin nor shall nay mixture be accepted until the contractor has submitted aazples of the materials intended for use and the engineer has established a satisfactory job mix formula for each mixture to be used. The job mix formula for each mixture shall be in affect until modified i-.+. writing by the engineer. The job mix formula for each mixture shall establish a single percentage of aggregate passing each required sieve size, a Single percentage of bituminous material to be added to the aggregate, and a single temperature at which the mixture is to be delivered et the point of discharge. ' The gradations in Table 1 represent the limits which shall determine suitability of aggregate for use from the sources of supply. The final gradations decided on within the limits designated in the table shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall not vary from the low limit on onf sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieves, or vice versa. The selection of any of the grace;tions shown in Table 1 shall be such that the maximum-size aggregate used shall be not more than one half the thickness of the layer of the surface course being constructed. i The bituminous content of the mixture shall be calculated on the percentage basin by weight of the total min:. The 112-inch maximum gradation shall not be used in preparing mixtures for pavemeats which will serve aircraft veighing 30,000 pods or more. In the table the percentages of asphalt cement and tar are given for stone, gravel, and slag aggregates. If the total aggregate is composed of slag, the percentages of bituminous material shown shall be used. Where only a ' part of the aggregates Is slag, increases in bituminous material shall be made in a corresponding proportion. ' A sample of the coarse and fine aggregates shall be washed to determine the percentage of the total material passing the No. 200 mesh sieve. Of the amount of the material passing the No. 200 mesh sieve, at least one half shall pass the No. 200 mesh sieve by dry sieving. i i page 268 DIV 11 t 10/24/74 - AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-401. BIMINOUS SURFACE COURSE Table I.--Aggregate bituminous surface course Percentage by weight passing sieves Sieve designation C (square openings) A B 1" maximum maximum 1/1 maximum 1 Inch 100 -----------100 a inch 82-100 100 inch 70- 90 82--100 inch 60-- 82 68-- 90 82-100 ' No. 4 - 42- 70 50-- 79 66- 88 No. 10 30-- 60 36- 67 40--- 75 No. 40 16-- 40 17- 44 19-- 48 No. 80 - 8--- 26 9-- 29 10- ~2 No. 200 3-- 8 3- 8 4- 9 Bituminum percent: ' Stone or gravel 4.5-7.0 6.0-7.6 5.5--- 8.0 slag 6.0-9.0 6.5-9.6 7.0•-10.0 After the job mix formula is established, all mixtures furnished for the project shall confoin thereto within the following tolerancest Passing No. 4 and larger sieved------ +7X Passing No. 8 to No. 100 sieves (inclusive)----- +4% Passing No. 200 sieve--------- +2% ' Bitumen ~ - Temperature of mix- --T200F. Should a change iu sources of materials be mar-, a new job mix formula shall be established before the new material is used., When unsatisfactory results or other conditions mace it necesspry, the engineer may establish a new job ' mix formula. The combined mineral aggregate for the surface course shall be of such size t that the percentage composition by weight, as determined by laboratory sieves, will conform to one of the gradations of Table 1, when tested in accordance with AASHO T 21 and AASHO T 27. The percent by weight for ti,h bituminous material shall be within the limits specified; ' DIV 11 Page 169 f e AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE ' Construction Methods 401-4.1 WEATHER AND SEAS W AL LIMITATIONS. The surface course shall be constructed only upon a dry surface, when the atmospheric temperature is above 40° F., and when the weather is not foggy or rainy. The temperature ' requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the engineer. ' 401-4.2 BITUMMOUS MIXING PLAIT. Sufficient storage spare shall be provided for each size of aggregate. The different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the cold elevator feeding the drier. The storage yard shall be neat, orderly, and the separate ' stockpiles readily accessible for sampling. Plants used for the preparation of bituminous mixtures shall conform to all requirements under (a), except that scale requirements shall apply only where weight proportioning is used. In addition, batch mixing plants shall conform to the requirements under (b), and continuous mixing plants shall ' conform to the requirements under (c). (a) Requirements for All Plants. Mixing plants shall be of sufficient capacity and coordinated to adequately handle the proposed bituminous construction. (1) Plant Ecales. Scales shall be accurate to 0.5% of the required load. Poises shall be designed to be locked in any position to prevent unauthorized change of position. In lieu of plant and truck scales, the contractor may provide an approved automatic printer ayotem to print the weights of the material delivered, provided the system is used in conjunction with an approved automatic hatching and mixing control system. Such weights shall be evidenced by a weigh ticket for each load. Scales shall be inspected for accuracy and sealed as often as the engineer may deem necessary. The contractor shall have on hand not less than ten 50-pound weights for testing the scales. (2) Equipment for preparation of bituminous material. Tanks for the storage of bituminous material shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required temperatures. Heating shall be accomplished by ' approved means so that flares will not contact the tank. The circulating system for the bituminous material shall be designed to assure proper an6 continuous circulation during the operating period. Provision shall be made for measuring quantities and for sampling the material in the storage tanks. Page 270 DIV 11 AC 150/5370-10 ' 10/24/4 ' ITEM P-401 BIUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE (3) Feeder for drier. The plant shall be provided with accurate mechanical means for uniformly feeding the aggregate into the drier to obtain uniform production and temperature. (4) Drier. The plant shall include a drier(s) which continuously agitate the aggregate during the heating and crying process. (5) Screens. Plant screens, capable of screening all aggregates to the specified sizes and proportions, and having normal capacities in excess of the full capacity of the mixer, shall be provided. (6) Bins. The plant shall include storage bins of sufficient capacity to supply a mixer operating at full capacity. Bins shall be ' arranged to assure separate and adequate storage of appropriate fractions of the mineral aggregates. When used, separate dry storage shall be provided for filler or hydrated lime, and the plant shall be equipped to feed such material into the mixer. Each bin shall be provided with overflow pipes of t such size and at such location to prevent backup of material into other compartments or bins. Each compartment shall be provided with its individual outlet gate to prevent leakage. The gates shall cut off quickly ' and completely. Bins shall be constructed so that samples may be obtained readily. Bins shall be equipped with adequate tell-tale devices which indicate the position of the aggregates in the bins at the lower quarter points. (1) Bituminous control unit. Satisfactory means, either by weighits or petering, shall a provided to obtain the specified Amount of bitLnous uantity or rate i provided checking flow of bituminous material into the mi~ce~.ecking the w q ' (B) Thermometric equipment. An armored thermometer of adequate range shall be plac'ed the bituminous feed line at a suitable location near the charging valve of the mixer unit. The plant shall also be equipped ' with an approved thermometric instrument placed at the diisge chute of the drier to indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates. engineer a:sy require replacement of any thermom ter byof tapproved azure of 1 temperature-recording apparatud aggregates. (9) Dust collector. The plant shall be equipped with a dust ' collector to waste or return uniformly to the hot elevator all or any part of the material collected, as directed. Page 271 DIV II 1 i NOR AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE (10) Truck scales. The bituminous mixture shall be weighed on approved scales' furnished by the contractor or on public sca ea at the contractors expense. Scales shall be inspected for accuracy and sealed as ' often as the engineer deems necessary. (11) Safety requirements. ' mixer platform and sa Adequate and safe stairways ..o the other plant units shall belinplaced at all points where accessibility atoeplant operations is required. Accessibility to the top of truck bodies shall be provided by a suitable device to enable the engineer to obtain sampling and mixture temperature data. Means shall be provided to raise and lower scale calibration equipment, sampling equipment, and other similar equipment between the ground and the mixer platform. All ears sprockets, and other dangerous moving parts shall b . pulleys, chains, Ample and unobstructed passage shall bemaintained attall times inaandd. around the truck loading area. This area shall be kept free of drippings ' from the nixing platform. (b) Requirements for Hatching Plante. (1) Wetgh box or hopper. The equipment shall include a means for accuratc7y weighing each, size of aggregate in a weigh box or hopper of ample size to hold a full batch without hand raking of running over. The gate shall close tightly so that no material is allowed to leak into the mixer while a batch is being weighed. (2) Bituminous control. The equipment used to measure the bituminous material shall be accurate to within ±0.5X. The bituminous material bucket shall be of a nontiltin cover. The length of the discharge opening or spray bar shall bemnotlless p w t than three-fourths the length of the mixer and it shall discharge directly into the mixer. The bituminous material bucket, its discharge valve(s), and spray bar shall be adequately heated. Steam jackets, if used, shall be efficiently drained and all connections shall be so constructed that they will not interfere with the efficient operation of the bituminous scales. The capacity of the bituminous material bucket shall be at least 15X in excess of the weight of bituminous material required i{ any batch. The plant shall have an adequately heated quick-acting, non-drip, charging valve located directly over the bituminous material bucket. i 1 Page 2 72 DIV 11 10/24/74 AC 1501'5370-10 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE The indicator dial shall have a capacity of at least 15% in excass of the quantity of bituminous materi.4l used per batch. The controls shall be constructed to lock at any dial setting and automatically reset to that t reading after each additional batch of bituminous material. The dial shall be in full view of the mixer operator. The flow of bituminous material shall be automatically controlled to begin when the dry mixing period is ' over. All of the bituminous material required for one batch shall be discharged in not more then 15 seconds after the flow has begun. The size and spacing of the spray-bar openings shall provide a uniform application of bituminous material the full length of the mixer. The section of the bituminous line between the charging valve and the spray bar shall have a valve and outlet for checking the meter when a metering device is substituted for a bituminous material bucket. 1 (3) Mixer. The batch mixer shall be an approved type capable of producing a uniform mixture within the job mix tolerances. If not enclosed, e the mixer box shall be equipped with a dust hood to prevent loss of dust. The clearance of, blades from all fixed and moving parts shall not exceed 1 ' inch. (4) Control of mixing time. The mixer shall be equipped with an accurate time lock to control the operations of a complete mixing cycle. It shall lock the weigh-box gate after the charging of the mixer and keep it locked until the closing of the mixer gate at the completion of the cycle. It shall lock the bituminous material bucket throughout the dry mixing period and shall lock the mixer gate throughout the dry and wet mixing periods. The dry mixing period is defined as the interval of time between the opening of the weigh-box gate and the introduction of bituminous ' material. The wet mixing period is the interval of time between the introduction of bituminous material and the opening of the mixer gate. The timing control shall be flexible and shall be capable of bettings of e 5-second intervals or less throughout a 3-minute cycle. A mechanical batch counter shall be installed as a part of the timing device and shall be designed to register only completely mixed batches. Its setting of time intervals shall be at the direction of the engineer who shall then lock the case covering the timing device until a change is made in the timing periods. DIV 11 Page 273 AC 150/5370.10 10/24/74 ' ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE (c) Reguirerents for Continuous Kix Plants. (1) Aggregate prop :.Boni Q. The plant shall include means for accurately proportioning each size of aggregate. The plant shall have a feeder mounted under each compartment bin. Each compartment bin shall have an accurately controlled individual gate to form ' an orifice for the volumetric measuring of material drawn from each compartment. Tl;e feeding orifice bhall be rectangular with one dimension adjustable by pos+,tive mechanical means and provided with a lock. ' Indicators shall be provided for each gate to show the respective gate opening in inches. 1 (2) Weight calibration of aggregate feed. The plant shall include a means for calibration of gate openings by weighing test samples. Provision shall be made so that materials fed out of individual orifices may be bypassed to individual test boxes. The plant shall be equipped to conveniently handle individual test samples of not less than 200 pounds. Accurate scales shall be provided by the contractor to weigh such test ' samples. (3) Synchronization of aggregate feed and bituminous material feed. Satisfactory means shall be provided to afford positive interlocking control ' between the flow of aggregate from the bins and the flow of bituminous material from the meter or other proportioning device. This control shall be by interlocking mechanical means or by any other positive method ' satisfacroty to the engineer. i (4) Mixer. The plant shall include an approved continuous mixer adequately heated and capable of producing a -,niform mixture within the Job ' mix tolerances. It shall be equipped with a discharge hopper with dump gates to permit rapid and complete discharge of the mixture. The paddles shall be adjustable for angular position on the shafts and shall be reversible to retard the flow of the mix. The mixer shall have a manufacturer's plate giving the net volumetric contents of the mixer at the several heights inscribed on a permanent gauge. Charts shall be provided showing the rate of feed per minute for each aggregate used. Page' 274 DIV It ~I ' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE 401-4.3 HAULING EQUINTNT. Trucks used for hauling bituminous mixtures shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds. To prevent the mixture from adhering to them, the beds shall be lightly coated with a minimum amount of paraffin oil, lima solution, or other approved material. Each truck shall have a suitable cover to protect the mixture from adverse weather and an t insulated bed to maintain the mixture at the specified temperature. 401-4.4 BITUMINOUS PAVERS. Bituminous pavers shall be self-contained, ' power-propelled snits with an activated screed or strike-off assembly, heated if necessary, it shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mtx material which will meet the specified thickness, ' smoothness, and grade. Pavers used for shoulders and similar construction shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material in widths shown on the plans. ' The paver shall have a receiving hopper of sufficient capacity to permit a uniform spreading operation. The hopper shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the mixture uniformly in front of the screed. ' The screed or strike-off assembly shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness, and texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging the mixtute. ' The pa.e.r shall be capable of operating at forward speeds consistent with satisfactor-,- laying of the mixture. 401-4.5 ROLIE RS. Rollers shall be in good condition, capable of reversing without backlash, and operating at slow speeds to avoid displacement of the bituminous mixture. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture to the required density while the mixture is still in o worrable condition. The use of equipment which results in ' excessive crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. 401-4.6 PREPARATION OF MINERAL AGGREGATE. The aggregate for the mixture shall be dried and heated at the paving plant before entering the mixer. When introduced into the mixer, the combined aggregate shall contain not more than 0.5% moisture if asphalt, or more than 1% if tar mixtures. V ter in the aggregate shall be removed by heating to the extent that there is no subsequent foaming in the mixture prior to the placing of the material. The aggregate shall be heated to the temperature designated by the job formula 1 t DIV II Page 2i5 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 rk ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE within the job tolerance specified. The maximum temperature and rate of heating shall be such that no permanent- damage occurs to the aggregates. Particular care shall be taken that aggregates high in calcium or magnesium a content are not damaged by overheating. The aggregate shall be screened to specified sizes and conveyed into separate bins ready for mixing with bituminous material. 401-4.7 PRF.PAMTION OF BITMNOUS ?FIXTURE. Before delivery, the aggregate ' shall be mixed with the bituminous material at a central mixing plant. The mixture shall be prepared at a temperature shown in 401-2.3. The dry aggregates, prepared as prescribed in 401=4.6, shall be combined in ' the plant in the proportionate amounts of each fraction of aggregate requited to meet the specified gradation. The quantity of aggregate for each batch shall be determined, measured, and conveyed into the mixer. In ' case of volumetric proportioning. the size of the gate openings shall be determined, and the gates locked in position. The quantity of bituminous material for each batch or calibrated amount for continuous mixer shall be determined by the engineer. It shall be measured by weight and introduced into the mixer at the specified temperature, using the lowest range possible for adequate mixing and spreading. For batch mixers, all mineral aggregates shall be in the mixer before the bituminous material is added. The exact temperature within the specified range shall be fixed by the engineer. In no case shall aggregate be introduced into the mixture at a temperature more than 25° F. above the temperature of the bituminous material. As determined by the engineer, the mixing shall continue for the time necessary to coat all particles uniformly. This time is dependent upon the mix design and the type of mixing equipment used. To compute the mixing time i:% a continuous mixer, the weight of its contents at operating level is divided by the weight of the mixture delivered per second by the mixer: t Mixing tiee in seconds 0 Pugmill dead capacity in pounds Output in potsnda per second ' 401-4.8 TRANSPORTATION AND DELIVERY OF THE MIXTURE. The mixture shall be transported from the mixing plant tJ the point of use in vehicles described in 401-4.3. Page 276 DIV 11 1 ' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE ' The mixture shall be placed at a temperature between 150° and 2250 F. when tar is used, and between 250° and 300° F. when asphalt cement is used. When the mixture is being placed during warm weather and the engineer has determined that satisfactory results can be obtained at lower temperatures, he may direct that the mixture be mixed and delivered at the lower ' temperatures. Loads shall not be sent out as to interfere with spreading and compacting the mixture during daylight unless artificial light, satisfactory to the ' engineer, is provided. The mixture shall be delivered at a temperature within the tolerance alloyed in the approved job formula. ' 401-4.9 SPREADING AND LAYING. e (a) Preparation for Placing. Immediately before placing the bituminous mixture, the existing underlying course shall be cleaned of loose or deleterious material. A power sweeper equipped with a blower shall be used, supplemented with hand brooms if necessary, or the material shall be removed by other means as directed by the engineer. The W3ture shall be laid only x)on en approved underlying course which is dry and in suitable condition, aad when weather conditions are favorable. No mixture shall be placed when the air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat is 40°F. or lower, ynless so directed by the engineer. ' The engineer may permit work to continue when overtaken by sudden rains only to provide for laying that material which is in transit from the plant, provided the mixture is within the temperature limits apecified. Grade control between the edges of the pavement shall be accomplished by grade stakes or steel pins placed in lanes paral:el to the centerline of the pavement and at intervals sufficiently close that string lines may be ' stretched between stakes or pins. Placing shall commence at the point(s) farthest from the mixing plant and ' progress continuously toward the plant, unless otherwise ordered by the engineer. Hauling over material already placed shall not be permitted until the material has been thoroughly compacted as specified, and allowed to cool to atmospheric temperature. ' Div 11 Page 277 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 1 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE (b) Machine S reading, Upon arrival, the mixture shall be dumped into an approved b' eiaous paver and immediately spread to the full width required. It :.all be struck off in a uniform layer of such depth that, when the work is completed, it will have the required thickness and wil1 1 conform to the grade and surface contour required. The speed of the paver shall be regulated to eliminate pulling and tearing of the bituminous mat. The mixture shall be placed in strips of a minimum width of 10 feet. Insure proper drainage, the spreading shall begin along the centevltnerof the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of the pavement with a one-way slope. After the first strip or width has been compacted, the second width shall be placed, finished, and compacted in the same manner as the first width. After the second strip has been placed and rolled, a 16-foot straightedge shall be placed across the longitudinal joint to determine if the surface conforms to grade and contour requirements. Exposed vertical edges of paved strips shall be free of all acc;aculations of dirt or other foreign material before any mixture is spread in an adjacent lane. If joint faces become dry or dusty, the contact surfaces should be given a brush coat of asphalt. In lieu of painting the contact surface, the contractor may use a joint heater approved by the engineer. If the spreading machine should drift from an adjacent lane during constructioas, the unfilled space shall be carefully filled with fresh hot mixture obtained from the truck or the hopper of the spreading machine'. Stealing mixture from that already spread to fill up these areas shall not be permitted. In areas where, because of irregularities or unavoidable obstacles, the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment is impractical, the mixture may be hand spread. When hand spreading is permitted, the mixture shall be dumped or, approved dump sheets outside of the area upon which it is to be spread, and then distributed into place immediately with hot shovels. It shall be spread with hot rakes is a uniformly loose layer to the full width required and of ' such depth that, when the work is completed, it will have the required thickness and will conform to the grade and surface contour sham on the plans. i Page 278 i1Iv 11 i 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5310-10 ITEH P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE 401-4.10 COMPACTION OF MIXTURE. After spreading, the mixture shall to 1 thoroughly and uniformly compacted with power rollers, as directed by the eng'neer. Rolling of the mixture shall begin as soon after spreading as it will bear the roller without undue displacement or hair checking. On the 1 firr,16, strip spread, roiling shg11 start in the center sad continue toward tithar edge. On subsequent strips laid, rolling shall start on the edge adjacent to previously laid material and continue toward the opposite edge. i Initial rolling shall be done longitudinally. The rollers shall overlap on successive trips. Alteraate trips of the roller shall he of slightly differ3at lengths. The mixture shall be subjected to diagonal rolling, 1 crossing the lines of the first after three or more lanom are constructed, but cross rolling shall not exceed more than, one half the width of the pavement on crowned sections. ' The speed of the roller shall, at all times, be slew to avoid displacement of the hot mixture. Any ."_.iplacement occarrib-t as a re:>ult of reversing the direction of the roller, or from any other cause, shall be corrected at once 1 by rakes, and fresh mixture. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to handle the outlout of the plant. ' Rolling shall continue until all roller marks are eliminated, the surface is of uniform texture and true to grade and cross section, aLd a density of at least 98% of the laboratory density specified in 401-3.1. is obtained. Field 1 density tests shall be trade at least twice daily. To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the roller, the wheels shall be kept properly moistened, but excessive water will' not be permitted. ' In areas not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with hot hand tampers. 1 Any mixLure which becomes loose and broken, mixed with dirt, or in any way defective shall be removed and replaced with fresh hot mixture and 1 immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area. This work will be dona at the contra;:tor's expense. Skin patching shall not be allowed. 1 401-4.11 JOINTS. (a) General. The mixture at the j ,ants shall comply with the surface requirements and present the same uniformity of texture, density, smoothness, etc., oa other sections of the course. In the formation of all DIV 11 P.tge 279 I.. AC 130/537010 10/24/74 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE joints, provision shall be made for proper bond with the adjacent course for ' the specified depth of the course. Joints shall be formed by cutting back on the previous day's run to expo;4e the full depth of the course; the exposed edge shall be given a light coat of asphalt or tar as specified by ' the engineer. The fresh mixture shall be raked against the joint and thoroughly tamped and rolled. (b) Transverse. The placing of the course shall be as continuous as possible. The roller shall pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture only when discontinuing the laying of the course. (c) Longitudinal. The placing of the course shall be as specified in such a manner that the joint is exposed for the shortest period possible. The joint shall be placed so that it will not coincide with that in the ' base, binder, or existing surface course by at least 1 foot. ' 401-4.12 SHAPING EDGES. While the surface is being compacted and finished the contractor shall carefully trim the outside edges of the pavement to the propar alignment. Edges so formed shall be beveled while still hot with the back of a rake or a smoothing iron and thoroughly compacted by tampers or by ' other satisfactory methods. ' 401-4.23 SURFACE TESTS. Tests for conforvity with the specified crowns and grade shall be made by the contractor immediately after initial compression. Any variation shall be corrected by the removal or addition of materials and by continuous rolling. The finished surface shall :got vary rare than 1/4 inch for the surface course when tested with a 16-foot straightedge applied parallel with, or at ' right angles to, the centerline. After the completion of final rolling, the smoothnesE of the course shall again be tested; humps or depressions exceeding the specified tolerances or that retain water on the surface shall be immediete).y corrected by removing the defective work and replacing with new material, as directed by the engineer. This sha:l be done at the contractor's expense. Page 280 DI 4' ' P\ 4.. a 10/24114 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE 401-4.14 SAMPLING PAVEMENT. The contractor shall remove suitable size samples of the completed pavement from locations designated by the engineer 1 so he may determine the composition, compaction, and density of the . pavement. Samples for each day or fraction thereof shall be taken. Its contractor shall replace the pavement free of charge. If the pavement is ' deficient in composition, compaction, or thickness, satisfactory correction shall be made. 401-4.15 BITU?(INOUS AND AGGREGATE MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bituminous and aggtegattee materials that the contractor proposes to use, together with a statement of their source and cberactet, must be submitted and approval must be obtained before use of such material begins. The contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous and aggregate materials to furnish material subject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only those materials which have been tested and approved for the intended use shall be, acceptable. The engineer or his authorized representative shall have access, at all times, to all parts of the paving plant for the purpose of inspecting the equipment, the conditions and operations of the plant, for the verification ' of weights or proportions and character of materials, and to determinu the temperatures maintained in the pre;aration of the.mixtures. Tho contractor shall furnish vendor's certified tests for each carload or equivalent of bitumen shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the engineer before permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified tent report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as a basis fo+: final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials received for use on the project. Method of Measurement 401.5.1 The tonnage of surface course containing at least 60% crushed aggregate to be paid for shall be the niwber of tens of bituminous mixture p of the gradation specified in the bid schedule and used in the accepted work. The bituminous-treated material shall be, neighed after mixing, and no deduction shall be made for the weight of bituminous material in the mixture. 1 DIV 11 Page 281 ~~r asp e.. `1:. 'h, 1 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 11EM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE ' 401-5.2 The tonnage of surface course containing at least 90Z crushed aggregate to be paid for shall be the number of tons of bituminous mixture t of the gradation specified in the bid schedule and used in the accepted work. The bituminous-treated material shall be weighed after mixing, and no deduction shall be made for the weight of bituminous material in the mixture. 401-5.3 The quantities as measured in 401-5.1 and 401-5.2 are applicable ' for aggregates having bulk specific gravities between 2.55 and 2.75, as determined by AASHO T 84 and T 85. Proportionate corrections shall be made when the aggregates are outside these limits. Where the specific gravity is below 2.55, the corrected quantity for pay!Men" shall be the product of the number of tons used multiplied by the ratio off 2.55 to the bulk specific g ravity of the job aggregate. Where the specific gravity is above 2.75, the corrected used Multipliediby the shall be the to the bulk product specific the number of the s job aggregate. 401-5.4 The unit of measurement for the bituminous material shall bo the gib or the ton, whichever is specified in the bid schedule. The gallonage or tonnage to be paid shall he the number of gallons or tons of bituminous material used as ordered in the accepted work. Gallonage shall be determined by measuring the material at a temperature of 60° F., or by converting tho gallonage measured at other temperatures to ga:lo nags at 60° P., in accordance with the temperature-volume correction tables for asphalt and tar materials contained in ASIM D-1250 for asphalts and ASTM D-633 for tars. 1 Basis of Payment ' 40_-1-6..1 Payment shall be made at the respective contract prices per ton for bituminous surface course and per gallon or per ton for bituminous material. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, and, ' for all preparation, mixing and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipments tools, and inci,4entals necessary to complete the item. ' Page 282 it 10/24/74 AC 150/3370-10 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE f Payment will be made under: Item P-401-6.1 Aggregate Bituminous Surface Course - per ton (60% crushed aggregate) Item P-401-6.1 Aggregate Bituminous Surface Course - per ton (90% crushed aggregate) Item P-401-6.1 Bituminous Material - per gallon or ton TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title 14aterial and short title ' AASHO T 96--Abrasion AASHO H 17--Filler AASHO T 104-4oundness AASHO M 20--Asphalt Cement ' AASHO T 19--Slag AASHO H 52--Tar AASHO T 89--Liquid Limit AASHO T 9C--Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index a AASHO T 101--Swell ' AASHO T 182--Stripping ASTM D-1559--Marshall. ' ASTM D-633--Vol. Correction for Tars ASTM D-1250--Vol. Correction for Asphalt- ASTM D-1560--Hveem Apparatus AASHO T 11 & 27--Gradation AASHO T 84 6 85--Specific Gravity DIV 11 Page 283 (Reserve pcges 264 taiough 302) t 1 , ITEM P-602-BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT All paragraphs under item P-602, Bituminous Prime Coat shall apply with the r following modifications: 602-1.2 QUANTITY OF MATERIAL. The prime coat shall be applied at a rate of 0.25 to 0.50 gallons per square yard. r 602-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The bituminous material for prime coat shall be ' emulsified asphalt SS-1, SS-N, SS-K or SS-KH. 602-4.1 _ tEA UR__£M_ENT. The bituminous prime coat shall be the number of gallons used. 602-5.1 PAYMENT. Payment for prime coat shall be per gallon. r r r r r r i r 10/4/14 Ac 150/~slu-10 MISCELLANEOUS ITEH P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT Description 602-1.1 This '!em shall consist of an application of bituminous material mi the prepared base course in accordance vith this specification applied at the rate specified by the engineer. The type of bituminous material to be used shall be selected by ttre engineer from those included in this specification. 602-1.2 QUANTITIES OE BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The approximate amount >f ' bituminous material per square yard for the prime coat shall be as provided in the Table I.' Table 1.,Quantities of Material ' Material Amount Bituminous material 0.26 to 0.50 gallon per sgvark yd. ' Materials 602-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and application temperatures for the bituminous materials 1 are given below. The engineer shall designate the specific material to be used. 1 1 it ' DIV 11 },age 363 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/'14 ITEM P P-602 BITUMINOUS RIME COAT Type and grade Specification Application temperatures Liquid asphalt i RC-70/MC-70/ AASHO M 81/M-82/ SC-70 M 141 1200---1600 F. RC-260/MC-260/ AASHO M 81/24 82/ SC-260 M 141 1600---2000 F. Tar RT-2 AASHO M 52 600-12606 F. RT--3 AASHO M 62 800-1200 F. Construction Methods 602-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The prime coat shall be applied only when ' the existing surface is dry or contains sufficient moisture to get uniform distribution of the bituminous material, when the atmospheric temperature is above 60° F., and when the weather is not foggy or rainy. The 1 temperature requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the engineer. ' 602-3.2 EQU;PMENT. The equipment used by the contractor shall include a self-powered pressure bituminous mwterial distributor and equipment for ' heating bituminous material. The distributor shall have pneumatic tyres of such width and number that the load produced on the surface shall not exceed 650 pounds per inch of tire width and shall be designed, equipped, and operated so that bituminous material at even heat can bps applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily controi:.ed rates from 0.05 to 2.0 gallons per square yard. The r,aterial shall be applied within a pressure ratge from 25 to 75 pounds per o4uare inch an3 wit1n an allowable variation from any s~ec.ified rate not to exceed M. fidstributor equipment shall include a thermometer ' for reading temperatures of tank contents. Page Z64 DIV IT. 7 7 7 r 1 . 124/74 Art 150/3370-10 ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT 1 1-3.3 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Immediately before applying the ime coat, the full width of the surface to be primed shrill be swept with a ver broom td remove all loose dirt and other objectionake material. 1 e application of the bituminous material shall be made Icy means of a essure distributor at the temperature, pressure, and in the amounts rected by the engineer. ollowing the application, the primed surface shall be allowed to dry not :as than 48 hours without being disturb:! or for such aeditional time as may 1 ! necessary to permit the drying out of the prime until it will nat be irked up by traffic or equipment. This period shall be determined by the igineA r. The surface shall then be maintained by the contractor until the 1 orfacing has been placed. Suitable precautions shall be taken by the ontractor to protect the primed surface against damage during thi,t interval, ncluding supplying and spreading any sand necessary to blot up ex.ess ituminous material. 1 02-3.4 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the ituminous materials that the contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to their source and character, must be submitted and approved Before use of such material begins. The contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous materials to furnish material rsbject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only satisfactory materials, so demonstrated by service tests, shall be acceptable. 1 The contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bituminous material shipped to the project. The ' report shall be delivered to the engineer before permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as basis for final 1 acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of materials received for use on the project. 602-3.5 MIGHT AND WRIM BILLS. Before the final estimate is allowed, the contractor shall file with O e engineer receipted bills when railroad shipments are made;, and certified weigh bills when materials are received i~ any other manner, of the bituminous materials actually used in the construction covered by the contract. The contractor shall not rerx.t•. bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the engineer, nor shall the car or tank be released until the fit,al outage has been taken by EE the engineer: S' DIV 11 Page 3u3 1 i 1 ~ AC 150/5370-10 10/24174 1 ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT i Copies of freight bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the engineer i during the progress of the work. Method of Measurement 1 602-4.1 The bituminous prime coat to be paid for shall be the number of 1 gallons or tons of the material used as ordered for the accepted work, corrected to 60°F., in accordance with the temperature-volutes correction tables for asphalt and tar materials contained in ASTM D-1250 and MTH 1433 1 respectively. Basis of Payment 1 602-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon or per ton for bituminous prime coat. 'This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, deliver$ng, and applying the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item P-602-5.1 Bituminous Prime Coat--per gallon or per ton. i TESTING A4D MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS i Test and short title Material and short title ASTH D-1250--Vol. Corr. for Asphalts AASHG H 81--Asphalt RC 1 ASTM D-673--Vol. Corr. for Tars AASHO M 82--Asphalt HC AASHO M 52--Tar AASHO H 141--Asphalt SC Page 366 MIT 4 1 10/24/7 AC 15015370-10 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT ' CONCRETE Description 110-1.1 This item shall consist of either plain or reinforced structural Portland cement concrete, prepared and constructed in accordance with these specifications at the locations and of the form and dimensions sham on the plena. The concrete shall be composed of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate. Portland cement, and water. Materials 610-2.1 GENERAL. Only approved materialen conforming to the requirements of these specifcations, shall be used in the Bork. They may be subje.ted to inspection and tests at any time during the progress of their preparation or ties. The source of supply of each of the materials shall be apttoved by the engineer before delivery or use is started. Representative preL31nary eamples of the materials shall be submitted by the contractor, w&wn required, for examination and test. Materials shall be stored and handled do insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for use and shall bt located to facilitate prompt inspection. All equipment for handling and transporting materials and concrete must be clean before any material or concrete is j placed therein. ' Ln no case shall tho use of pit-run or naturally mixed aggregates be permitted. Naturally mixed aggregate shall bq screened and washed, and all ' fine and coarse aggregates shall be stored separately and kept clean. The mixing of different kinds of aggregates from different sources in one storage pile or alternating batches of different aggregates will not be permitted. ' 601-2.2- COARSE AGGREGATE. The coarse aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of AASHO H 80. The percentage of wear shall be not more than 45 at 500 revolutions as determined by AASHO T 46. Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall meet one of the gradations shown in Table 1, using AASHO T 27. 610-2.3_ FINE AGGREGATE. The fine aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of AASHO H 6. ' DIV 11 Page397 1 "'y r' ° J AC 130/5370ri0 10/24/74 ' ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CFMNT CONCRETE The fine aggregate shall be well graded from fine to coarse and shall meet the following grading requirements, when tested in accordance with AASHO T 27 Table 1.-Requirements for Gradation of Coarse - Aggregate Sieve designation Percentage by weight passing sieves ' (apuareoDenings) >tM 1» %W No.4 No. 4 to % inch too 90-100 Yo-b!i 0-1o No. 4 to 1 Inch !po 9o-loo Y6-60 - 0--10 t No. 4 to 1% Iach 160 95-100 $6- 70 10-30 0- 6 Table 2.--Requirements for Gradation of )Fine Aggregate ' ' Sieve designation PSreentage by weight Islusre openings) paasinp sieves ineb loo o. 4 ......9b--loo No. 40 Y6-- rib No. lb 4b-- so No. 6a lo- so No. 100 Y- to ' Blending will be permitted, if necessary, in order to meet the gradation requirements for fine aggregate. Fino aggregate deficient in the percentage of material passing the No. 50 mash sieve may be accepted, provided that such deficiency does not exceed SX and is remedbid by the addition of a' pogsolanic or cementitio(s materiels other than portland cement, as specified in 61n-2.6 on admixtures, in sufficient q whtity to produce the required workability as approved by the engineer. 610-2.4 (MMENT. The cement used shell be portland cement conforming to the requirements of the type specified: ,r page 398 DIV II 'ft 10/24/74 AC 150/5330-10 ' ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEM M CONCRETE (a) Portland cement "AASHO M 85 (b) Air-entraining rortland cement -----AASHO H 134 (c) Portland blast-furnace slag cement AASHO M 151 ' (d) Air-entraining Portland blast furnace-_ slag cement------------------- -AASHO M 151 ' The Contractor shall furnish vendors' certified test reports fer each carload, or equivalent, of cement shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the engineer before permission to use the cement is granted. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials received for use on the project. 610-2.5_ WATER. The water used in concrete shall be free from sewage, oil, acid, strong alkalies, vegetable matter, and play and loam. If the water is of questionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance with AASHO T 26. e 610-2.6 ADM.IETURES. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be app a by the engineer. Before approval of any material, the contractor shall be required to submit the results of complete physical and chemical analyses made by an acceptable testing laboratory. Subseq%sent tests shall be madtt of samples taken by the engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved. Pottolante admixtarea: shall be fly ash meeting the requirements of ASTH C 350 or raw or calcined natural pozzolans meeting the requirements of ASTM C 402. Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of MSHO M 154. Air-entraining admixtures shall be added at the mixer in the amount necessary to produce the specified air content. Water-reducing, set-controlling admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTH C 494, Type A. water-reducing or Type D, watet-reducing and retarding. Watet-reducing admixtures shall be added at the mixer aeparately from air-entraining admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 610-2.7 PRE1•MDED JOINT MATERIAL. Premolded joint material for expansion ` joints Ahali meet the requirements of one of the following AASHO M 339 M 902 M 153, or H 213. M DIV It Page 3)q AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITFAI P-610 STRUCTURAL POnLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 610-2.8 JOINT FILLER. The filler for joints shall meet the requirements of AASHO H 18, grade A or H, or Item P-605, unless otherwise specified in the p ro pos al. 610-2.9 STEEL REINFOnEMENP. Concrete reinforcing shall wnsist of deformed ' bars of either structural, intermediate, or hard grade billet steel meeting AASHO H 31; deformed bars of rail steel meeting AASHO H 42; or welded vire fabric meeting AASHO H 55. To qualify as deformed, bars shall conform to the requirements of MSHO H 137. 610-2.10 CALCIUM CHLORIDE. When calcium chloride is permitted by the engineer in the concrete as an accelerator, it shall meet the requirements of AASHO H 144. 610-2.11 COVER MATE RTALS FOR CURING. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications (a) Cotton Mats for Curing Concrete---------- -AASHO H 73 (b) Waterproof Paper for Curing Concrete- -AASHO H 139 (c) Polyethylene Sheeting for Oring Concrete AASHO H 171 (d) Burlap Cloth made from Jute or Kenaf------ --MSHO H 182 (e) Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete (Type 2)-------------------MSHO M 148 Construction Methods 610-3.1 GENERAL. The contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and as riices necessary for, and incidental to, the completion of all work as t ' shorn on the drawings and specified herein. All nachinery and equipment owned or controlled by the contractor, which he proposes to use on the work, shall be of sufficient site to Peet the requirements of the work, snd shall be such as to produce satisfactory work-, all work shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the engineer. The contractor shall employ, at all tines, a sufficita t force of vorkmen of such experience and ability that the work can be prosecuted 'an a satisfactory and workmanlike mariner. Page 4o,) DIV 12 10/28/`~~ At: 150/ 53 /u-tu ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 610-3.2 CONCRETE PROPORTIONS. The concrete shall consist of a allture of coarse aggregate, Tine aggregate, portland cement, and waxer. All aggregates and bulk cement shall be measured by weight. In proportioning aggregates and mixing water, compensation shall be made for the weight of moisture in the aggregates, and this shalt be determined periodically. Concrete Proportions (Materials for one cubic yard of concrete) Weights in pounds Ty&t of Cement wirer dry aggregate Slmmp content coarse content range aggregate (min. (max. Fine Total (Inches) bags) gallons) asgre aggre- gate gate Gravel 6 36 1070-1190 3210 2-5 ' Crushed atone 6 38 1220--1360 3°_00 2-6 Slag 6 39 1330--1410 2930 2-5 t 1 The proportions in the above table are based oti the use of well-graded aggregates. If it is impossible with the aggregates selected to prepare concrete of the proper consistency without exceeding the maximum net water content specified, the total weight of aggregate shall be reduced by the t engineer rntil concrete of the proper consistency is obtained without exceeding the maximurs net crater r3ntint specified. However, the contractor shall not be compensated for any additional cement which may ba required by such adjustment. The weights specified in the above table were calculated for aggregates of the folleving bulk specific gravities Natsrel'sand and gravel$ 2.65; crushed stone, 1.70; slag 2.30. For aggregatos of specific gravities differing more than + 0.02 from those given above, the weights given in the tables shall be corrected. The quantities shown for cement and water shall control, and the 1 weights of aggregates shall be varied to secure the proper yield based on absolute volumes. When a special mix requiring a reduction in the amount if crater is desired, the quantities of aggregate sh ail be increased to maintain the specified yield. DIV It Page 401 5:+ AC 150/5370-10 40/24/74 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CO.CC9FTE ' Yield test, made in accordance with specification AASHO T 121, shall be made by the'ec8ineer for the purpose of determining the cement content per cubic yard of concrete. If at any time such cement content is found to be lass than that specified per cubic yard, the batch weights shall be reduced until the amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to the requitementb. ' The net mixing water shall be adjusted for t'ne moisture contained in the aggregates, and for the moisture which they will absorb, in order to determine the amount of water to be added at the vixen. The absorption of the fine and coarse aggregates shall he determined by AASHO T 84 and T 85. When an air-entraining agent or air-entraining Portland cement is used, e there will be a bulking of the mortar of the concrete due to the amount of eAtratned air. To keep the cement factor specified at the correct amount, the weight of the fine aggregate shall be reduced, as directed by the engineer. The reduction in the fine aggregate shall be determined by yield ' teats as specified. Under average conditions the reduction of the sand should be about 3% of the total weight of the fine and coarse r,:ggtegate. The air content of the concrete shall be between 3 and 61, by volume. The air content by volume shall be based on measurements made on concrete f immediately after discharge from the mixer in accordance with AJ%SHO T 121 or T 152. 610-3.3 CONTROL TESTS. When directed by the engineer, the contractor s all make test cylinders or beams from the concrete as mixed for the work as herein specified. ' Concrete cylindrical test specimens shall be made lu accordance with AASHO T 23 and beam specimens shall be made in accordance with ,AASHO T 47. The contractor shall cure and store the test specimens under ouch conditions as dirocted. The engineer will make the actual teats on tho specimens at no Expense to th'o contractor. 610-3.4 PROPORTIONING AND MEASURING DEVICES. When package cement is used, the quantity for etch batch shall be equal to one or wre whole sacks of cement, The aggregates shall be measured separately by weight. If aggregates are delivered to the mixer in batch trucks, the exact amount for 4 Page 402 DIV It ~ u-•u 10/2$/41$ e~C ix i I:EM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT 1 CONCRETE each esixer c`sarge shall be contained in each batch compartopnt. Weighing boxer, or hoppers shall be approved by the engineer and sheil provide means of ragulattug the flow of aggregates into the batch box so that the required and exact weight of aggregates tar be readily obtained. 610-3.5 CONSISTENCY. The consistency of the concrete shall be checked by Ne slump test specified in AASU O T 119. ' 610-3.6 MIXING. Concrete may be mixed at the construction Cite, at a central point, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. Whichever mixing process is used, concrete of the specified proportions and consistency shall be produced. 610-3.7 MIXING CONDITIONS. The concrete shall be mixed only in quantities required for immediate use. Concrete shall not be mixed while the air temperature is below 40' F. without permission of the engineer. If permission is granted for mixing under such conditions, aggregates or water, or both, shall be heated and the concrete shall be placed at a temperature not less than SO' nor more than 100' F. The contractor shall be held responsible for any defective work, resulting from freezing or injury in any ' manner during placing and curing, and shall replace such work at his expense. Ratempering of concrete by adding water or any other material shall not be permitted. ' The dalivery of concrete to the job shall be in such a manner that batches of concrete will be deposited at uninterrupted intervals. 610-3.8 FORMS. Concrete shall not be placed until all the forms and rein' f r emen a have been inspected and approved by the'engineer, Forms shall he of suitable iutterial and shill be of the type, size, shape, quality, and strength to build the structure as designed on the plans. The forms shall be true to line and grade and shall be mortar-tight and sufficiently rigid to prevent dfsplacesient and sagging between supports. The contractor shall bear responsibility for their adequacy. 'The surfaces of forms shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags, and holes. 1 DIV II Psgs403 f 0 AC 15015370-10 10/24/`4 ' IT6q P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEIENT CONCRETE ' The internal ties shall be Arranged so that, when the forms are removed, no metal will show in the concrete surface or discolor the surface when exposed to weathering. All forms shall be vetted with water or with a nonstaining mineral oil which shall be applied shortly before the concrete is placed. Forms shall be constructed so that they can be removed without injuring the concrete or concrete surface. The forms shall not be removed before the expiration of at least 30 hours from vertical faces, walls, slender columns, and similar structuresf forms supported by falsework under slabs, beams, girders, arches, and similar construction shall not be removed until tests ' indicate that at least 602 of the design strength of the concrete has developed. ' 610-3.9 PLACING REINFORCEM Mr. All reinforcement shall be accurately placed, as shown on the plans, and shall be firmly held in position during concreting. Bare shall be fastened together at intersections. The ' reinforcement shell be supported by approved metal chairs. Shop drawings, li'.st , and bending details shall be supplied by the contractor when required. ' 610-3.10 EMBMDBD li'EMS. Before placing concrete, any items that are to be embedded shal'1 eefirmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All such items shall be clean and free from coating, rust,. scale, oil, or any foreign matter. The embedding of wood shall be avoided. The concrete shall be spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items. 610-3.11 PLACING CONCRETE. All concrete shall be placed during daylights unless otherwise approved. The concrete shall not be placed until the depth and character of foundations the adequacy of forms and falsework, and the placing of the steel reinforcing have been aproved. Conevite shall be placed as soon as practicdl after mixing and in no case later than 1 hour after water has been added to the mix. The method and manner of placing shall be such to avoid segregation and displacemmnt of the reinforcement. Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in'placing concrete when necessary. Dropping the concrete a distance of more than 5 rteets or ' depesiting a large quantity at one point, will not be permitted, Concrete shall be placed upon cleans damp surfaces, free from running waters or upon properly consolidated soil. Pago 404 DIV It io/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 T.TEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE The concrete shall be compacted with suitable mechanical vibrators operating within the concrete. when necessary, vibrating shall be supplemented by hand spading with suitable tools to assure proper and adequate compaction. ' Vibrators shall be manipulated so as to work the concrete thoroughly around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into copiers and angles of the forms. The vibration at any joint shall be of sufficient duration to ' accomplish compaction but shall not be prolonged to the point where segregation occurs. Concrete deposited under water shall be carefully placed in a compact mass in its final position by mesap of a tremie, a closed bottom dump bucket, or other approved method and shall not be disturbed after being ' deposited. ' 610-3.12 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. When the placing of concrete is suspended, necessary provisions shall be vAde for joining future work before the 'placed concrete takes its initial set. For the proper bonding of old and new ' Concrete, such provisions shall be made for grooves, steps, keys, dovetails, reinforcing bare or other devices as may be prescribed. The work shall be arranged so that a section begun on any day shall be finished during daylight f of the same day. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which has hardened, the surface of the hardened concrete shall be cleaned by a heavy steel broom, roughened slightly, wetted, and covered with a neat coating of cement paste or grout. ' 0-3.13 EXPANSION JOINTS. Expansion joints shall be constructed at such points and of such dimensions as may be indicated on the drawings. The premolded filler shall be cut to the same shape as that of the surfaces being joined. The filler shall be fixed firmly against the surface of the concrete already in place in such manner that it will not be displaced when concrete 1 is deposited against it. ' 610-3.14 DEFECTIVE MS. Any defective work disclosed after the forms have een removed shall be immediately removed and replaced. if any dimensions are deficient, or if the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows ' honeycomb, which in the opinion of the engineer cannot be repaired satisfactorily, the entire section shall be removed and replaced at the expanse of the contractor. ' DIV 11 Page 405 lLAN - 1 t AC 150/5;'$'0-10 10/2h/'r4 ITE?t P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEHENT 1 CaNCRETE 610-3.15 SURFACE FINISH. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be true, ' smooth, tree from open or rough spaces, depressions, or projections. The concrete in horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush with the finished top surface at the proper elevation and shall be struck-off with a ' strail-htedge and floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted, nor shall dry cement or sand-cement mortar be spread over the concrete during the finishing of horizontal plane surfaces When directed, the surface finish of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed finish. If forms can be removed while the concrete is still green, the surface shall be pointed and wetted and then rubbed with a wooden float until ' all irregularities are removed. If the concrete has hardened before being rubbed, a carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface. When approved, the finishing can be done with a rubbing machine. ' 610-3.16 CURING AND PROTECTION. All concrete shall be properly cured and protected by the contractor. The work shall be protected from the elements, ' flowing water, and from defacement of any nature during the building operations. The concrete shall be cured as soon as it has sufficiently hardened by covering with an approved material. Water-absorptive coverings ' shall be thoroughly saturated when placed and kept saturated for a period of at least 3 days. All curing mats or blankets shall be sufficiently weighted or tied down to keep the concrete surface covered and to prevent the surface from being exposed to currents of air. Where wooden forms are used, they shall be kept wet at all times until removed to prevent the opening of joints and during out of the concrete. Traffic shall not be allowed on concrete surfaces for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. ' 610-3.17 DRAINS OR DUCTS. Drainage pipes, conduits, and ducts that are to be encased in concrete shall be installed by the contractor before the ' concrete is placed. The pipe shall be hold rigidly su that it will not be displaced or moved during the placing of the, concrete. r 610-3.18 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION. When concrete is placed at temperatures e ow 40 F., the contractor shall provide satisfactory methods and means tc` protect the mix from injury by freezing. The aggregates, or water, or both, shall be heated in order to place the concrete at temperatures between 50° and 100' F: 4 06 DIY It io/24/74 AC 150/WO-10 1 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEISNT CONCRETE i Calcium chloride may be incorporated in the mixing wAtor when directed by the enLIneer. Not more than 2 poWids of Type 1 nur more thAn 1.6 pounds of Type 2 shall be added per bag of cements Aft+lr the concra'a has been placed, the ' contractor shall provide sufficient protection such as rover, canvas, framework, heating apparatus, etc,l to enclose and protect the structure and maintain the temperature of the six at not less than 50' F. until at least t 602 of the designed strength has been attained. 610-3.19 FILLING JOINTS. AIX joints which requires filling shall be thoroughly cleaned, and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with proper tools. Joint filling shall not be started until after final curing and shall be done only when the conC,tte is lompletely dry. The cleaning and filling shall be carefully done with proper equipment and in a manner to obtain a neat looking joint free from exrese filler. Metbod of Moasurem-rat ' 610-4.1 The yardage of portiand cement concrete to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards of concrete complete in place and accepted. In computing the yardage of concrete for payment, the dimensions used shall be ' those shown on the plans or ordered by the engineer. No measurements or other allowances shall be made fot forma, falsework, cofferdams, pumping, bracing, expansion joints, or fintAing of the concrete. No deductions in ' Yardage shall be made for the volumes of reinforcing steel or embedded items. 610-4.2 The poundage of reinforcing steel to be paid'for shall be the ' calc~ulatad theoretical number of pounds placed, as shown on the picu, complo;e in place and accepted. The unit weight used for deformed bars shall be the weight of plain, square or round bars of equal nominal size, If so 1 treated on the plans, the poundage to be paid for shall include .'fie weight of metal pipes and drains, metal conduits and ducts, or similar materials indicated and included. DIV It Page 407 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM P-610 STRI,". URAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 1 Sams of Payment ' 610-5.1 Payment shall be -aide at the contract unit price per cubic yard for ' structural portland cement concrete and per pound for reinforcing steel. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for ! all preparation, delivlriv4 and installation of these materialsp and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: ' Item P-610-5.1 Structural Portland Cement Concrete per cubic yard. ' Item P-610-5.1 Steel Waforcement - per pound. TESTING AND HATERM REQUIREMENTS ' Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 27--Gradation AASKOrH 80--Aggregate ' AASHO T 96--Abrasion AASHO H 6--Aggregate ' AASHO T 26--Water AASHO H 85--Portland Cement AASHO T 121--Yield MSHO H 134--Air-Entrained ' Portland Cement AASHO T 84--Absorption MSHO M 151--Slag Portland ' Cement Concrete MSHO T 85--Absorption ASTH C 350--Fly-Ash AASHO T 152--kir Content ASTH C 402--For.zolans AASHO T 23--Cylinders MSHO H 154--„ 4v-Entrained Additives lop 5 } ° AC 150/M0-iu 6/24P4 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND rnw.rYT CONCRETE AAS80 T 97--Beam ASTM C 494--Retarder A,"ll T 119--Slump AASH6 M 33--Joint Material t AASHO M 90--Joint Material AASHO H 153--Joint Material AASHO M 213--Joint Material e AASHO M 18--Joint Material AASHO H 31--Steel B AASHO H 42--Steel AASHO M 55--Steel •AASHO'H 137--Steel ' AASHO H 144--Accelerator AASHO M 73--Ootton Mats AASHO H 139--Paper AASHO M 171--Polyethylene AASHO M 182--.Burlap ' AASHO H 1411--Hembrane 1 ' DIV 11 page 409(Resurve pages410 through 414) ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING 620-261 RUW. AY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING Runway and taxiway painting shall apply with the following modifica- Uonst 620-2.1, PAINT, delete paragraph and substitute the followings The paint shall meet the requirements of Federal specification TT-P-8S and the paint shall be used with reflective media. 620-2.2 REFLECTIVE MEDIA Delete the paragraph and substitute the followings The paint for runway and taxiway painting shall be reflective paint and this feature will be provided by the addition of a minimum of 10 pounds of glass spheres per gallon of paint to the surface of the pigmented binder. This reflocti.ve media shall conform to Federal Specification TT-S-1325, Type III. 620-4.1 Delete the phrase "or one item complete in place". 620-5.1 Delete thq first sentence and substitute the followings Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square foot fc,~ painting. r t w r 1 10/24/74 Ac 150/5370-r10 ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXDjAY PAINTING Description 20-1.1 This item shall consist of the painting of ntmO ra, markings, and stripes on the surface of runways and taxiways applied( in accoidance with these specifications and at the loca`ions shown on the plans, or as directed by tho engtrkeer. ' materials 620-2.1 PAINT, the paint shall meet t`s requirements of Fed. Spec. TT-P-85. e paint may be used with or without reflective media, as specified. 620-2.2 REFLECTIVE MEDIA. When reflective paint is specified, this feature vi be provided by the addition of glass spheres to the surface of the pipenied binder. The reflective media shall conform to Fed. Spec. TT-8-13250 Type Ili. ' Construction Methods ' 620-3.1 WEAThLR LIMITATIONS. The painting shall be performed only when the 6xiiting surface is -Irv and clean, when the atmospheric temperature is above 40' Fes and when the weather is not excessively windy, dusty, or foggy. The suitability of the weather will be determined May the engineer. 620-3.2 EQUIPMENT, All equipment for th6 work shall be approved by the engine: ands all include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface, a mechanical marking machine, and such auxiliary hand painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. The'kmchanical marker shall be an approved atomizing spray-type marking , machine suitable fox application of traffic paint. It shall produce an even and uniform film th:.ekness at the required coverage and shall be designed so as to apply markings of uniform cross sections and clear-cut edges without running or spattering and within the limits for straightness' set forth herein. When needed, a dispervaer shall be furnished which is properly ' designed for attachment to the mechanical marker and suitable for dispensing the required quantity of reflective media. r ' DIY 11 Page 415 tirr AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM P-620 RLWAY Al'D TAXrWAY PAivrING Suitable adjustments shall be provided on the sprayer(s) of a single machine or by furnishing additional equipment for painting the width required. ' 620-3.3 PREPARATION OF EXISTING SURFACE. Immediately before application of tap nts the existing surface shall be dry and entirely free from dirt, grease', oil, acids, laitance, or other foreign matter which would reduce the ' bond between the coat of paint and the pavement. 'ihe surface sh,"l be thoroughly cleaned by sweeping and blowing as required to remove all dirt, laitance, and loose materials. Areas which cannot be satisfactorily cleaned by brooming and blowing shall be scrubbed as directed with a water solution of trisodium phosphate (10% Nn3Po44 by weight) or an approved equal solution. After scrubbing, the solution shall be rinsed off and the surface dried prior to painting. 1 Existing marl-ings or stripes which are to be abandoned or removed shall be obliterated or obscured by the best methods suited for the purpose and to the ' satisfaction of the engineer. 620-3.4 LAYOUTS AND ALIGNMENT. On those sections of pavements where no prev ously applied igurea, markings, or stripes arq available to serve as a guide, suitable layouts and lines of proposed stripes shall be spotted in advance of the paint application. Control points shall.be spaced at such intervals a. will insure accurate location of all markings. The contractor shall provide an experienced technician to supervise the location, alignments layout, dimensions, and application of the paint. Single strl.pes shall be applied wholly on one side of the longitudinal pavement joints. Double or multiple stripes shall be cQntored over similar joints $ 62.0-3.5 APp ICATION. Markings shall be applied at the locations and !.a the dLdonsions god spacing indicated on the plans or as specified. Paint ph'1411 not be rpplIoU until the layouts, lndicated alignment, and the condition' ")f ' the existing surface have been approved by the engineer. The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions before application. The paint shall be thoroughly mixed and applied to the surface of the pavement with the marking machine at its original consistency vithout"the addition of thinner. If the paint is applied by brash, the surface shall receive two costa; the i1rat coat shall be thoroughly dry ' before, the second coat is applied. r Paga 416 DIV IT 24 MOM , 10/24/74 AC 150/5370.10 ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING r When reflectorixed markings are applied, the reflective media shall be ' distributed to the surface of the pigmented binder immediately and imbedded at the rate and depth as required to provide adhesion and reflection. A period of several weeks shall elapse between application of tha bituminous seal coat or the placement of the bituminous surface course and the markia_% of the pavement: Me paint shall not bleed excessively, curl, or discolor when applied to bituminous surfaces. r In the application of atraight stripes, any deviation in the edges exceeding 1/2 inch In 50 feet shall be obliterated and the marking ' corrected. The width of the markings shall be as designated within a tolerance of 3%, All painting shall be performed to the satisfaction of the engineer by compentent and experienced equipment operators, laborers, r and artisans in a neat and workmanlike manner. Paint shall be applied uniformly by suitable equipment at a rate of not lees than 105 nor more than 115 square feet per gallon. Glass spheres shall be applied at the rate of 10 pounds per gallon of paint. Nigh-intensity granules shall be applied at the rate of 1.7 pounds per gallon ~:Of pait.t. ' W contractor shall furnish a certified report on the quality of materials o.dered for the work. This report shall "ot be interpreted as a basis for finr.1 acceptance. The engineer shall be notified upon arrival of shipment for inspecting and sampling of the materials. When required, all emptied containers shall be returned to the paint material storage pr made available for tallying by the ongineer. The containers shall not be removed from the airport or destroyed without permission. its contractor shall %As an accurate accounting of the paint materials used in the accepted work. ' 20-3.6 PROTECTION. After application of the paint, all markings shall be ' protectod while the paint is drying. The fresh paint shall be protected frog injury or damage of any kind. The contractor &hall be directly wspoosible. and shall erect or place suitable warning signal flags or barricades, protective acteens; or coverings as required. All ourfaces shall be protected from disfiguration by spatter, splashed, spillage, drippings of paint or other tna'.erials. r DIV It Pdo s 4 A a.` • AC 150/5370-1.0 1o/24/`74 1 ITEM P-620 RINWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING p 620-3.7 DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIAL. When any material not conforml.ng to the requirements of the specifications or plans has been delivered to the project or incorporated in the work or any work performed is of inferior quality, such material or work shall be considered defective and shall be ' corrected as directed by the engineer, at the expense of the contractor. ' Method of W asurement 620-4.1 The quantity of runway and taxiway numb3ring and marking as shown on the plane to be paid for shall be the number of square feet of painting or one item complete in place, all performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the engineer. Basis of Payment 620-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square foot or contract lump sum for painting. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, layout, and application of ' the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, as.d incilentalo necessary to complete the item. ' Payment wiAl be made under: Item P-620-5.1 Runway and Taxiway Painting - per square foot. Item P--620.5.1 Runway and Taxiway Painting - lump sun. TESTIN -s AND MATERIAL REQUIREMEK S Pest and short title Material and short title None 1TT-P-85-Paint Y TT-B-1325--Reflective Beads Y federal Specification 1 Pt$e 418 DIV 11 k^tL ' t0/2n/74 AC 150/5370-~10 ' DIVISION IV t DRAINAGE ' ITEH D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWS RS AND CULVERTS ' Description 701-1.1 This item shall consist of pips of the types, classes, sizes, and ' dimensions required ca the plans, furnished and installed at the places designated on the plans and profiles, or by the engineer, in accordance 'with these specifications and with the lines and grades given. The item shall include the bid price per linear foot of pipe in place, the cost of common excavation and backfill, the cost of furnishing and installing all trench bracing, all fittings required to complete the pipe drain as shown on the plans, and the material for and the making of all joints, including all connections to existing drainage pipe and structures. Materials 701-2.1RAL. The pipe shall be :,f the type called for on the piiu:s or in the proposal and shall be it. accordance with the following appropriate requirements. When harmful concentrations of petroleum fuels are wasted to the piping, pipe ' containing bituminous products in its coating and/or paving, nor pipe jointiug made with material, such as rubber, that would also be adversely affected shall cot be used. 701-2.2 VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE. W.trified clay p1 pe shall conform the requirements of AASRO M 65; or the appropriate iS TM C-131 C-261, or C-462 for standatti strength pipe, any ASTH C-200, C-278, or C-463 for 'extra strength pipe. 701-2.3 CONCRETE SEWER PIPE. Concrete serer pipe, standard, nonreinforced, shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 86 or ASTM C-14. DIV IV Page 463 wars~rrrie~ to/24/7 AC 150/51,16-10 r . ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS 701-2.4 CONCRETE CULVERT AND SEWER PIPE. Concrete culvert and sewer pipe, reinforced, shall conform to th~a requirements of AASHO M 170 or ASTM C-16. r 701-2.5 CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-405. ' 701-2.5.1 STRUCTURAL PLATE PIPE, PIPE ARCH, AND ARCH. Structural plate pipe, pipe arch, and arch shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. r Wu-P-405. 701-2.5.7 ASBESTOS-BONDED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Asbestos-bonded corrugated ' steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-405. ' 701-2.6 BITUMINOUS-COATED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Bituminous-coated corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-405. 701-2.6.1 BITUMINOUS-COATED STRUCTURAL PLATE PIPE PIPE ARCH AND ARCH. Bituminous -coated structural plate pipe, pipe arch, and arch shall conform to ' the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-405. r 701-2.6.2 BITUMINOUS-COATED ASBESTOS-B(M DED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Bituminous-coated, as estos-bonded corrugated steel pipe sh all conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-405. 701-2.7 CORRUGATED ALUMINUM ALLOY PIPE. Corrugated aluminum alloy pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-402. r 701-2.8 BITUMINOUS-COATED CORRUGATED ALUMINUM ALLOY PIPE. ' Bittrzinous-coated, corrugated aluminum alloy pipes all conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-402. ' 701-2.9 ASBESTOS-CEMENT SEWER PIPE. Asbestos-cement sever pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. SS-P-331. r ' Page 464 DIV IV r 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 t ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM S WERS AND CULVERTS 701-2.10 MORTAR. Mortar for pipe joints and connections to other drainage structures shall be composed of 1 part, by volume, of portland cement and 2 parts of mortar sand. The portland cement shall conform to tLe requirements of AASHO H 85, Type 1. The sand shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 45. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount equal to 15% of the weight of cement used. The hydrated lime shall 1 meet the requirements of ASTH C-6. 701-2.11 CONCRETE. Concrete for pipe cradles shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610. ' 701-2.12 OAKUM PACKING. Oakum packing for joints in bell and spigot pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. HH-P-117. ' 701-2.13 RUBBER GASKET JOINTS. Rubber-type gaskets for concrete nonpressure pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTH C-443. If the gaskets are to be exposed %o petroleum products, a swelling test ba_4d on Methods 6001 and 6211 of Fed. Std. 601 shall be used. When the latter method is used with No. 3 oil for 70 hours at 212° F., the swelling shall not ' exceed 10010 by volume. (Gaskets shall meet the low-temperature flexibility requirements of Fed. Spec. HH-C-156). 701-2.14 COMPOSITION GASKET JOINTS. Factory fabricated jointing connections using materials having resilient properties on vitrified clay pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTH C-425. If the gaskets are to be exposed to petroleum products, a swelling test based on Metbods 6001 and 6211 of Fed. Std. 601 shall be uuaed. When the latter ' method is used with No. 3 oil for 70 hours at 212' F., the swelling shall not exceed 100%, by volume. (Gaskets shall meet the low-temperature flexibility requirements of Fed. Spec. HH-G-156). 701-2.15 JOINT-SEALING COMPOUND. Joint-sealing compound used in filling joints of bell and spigot sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of ' Fed. Spec. SS-S-169 or SS-S-210. ' DIV IV Page 465 1 AC isols370- o 10/24/74 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS ' Construction Methods ' 701-3.1 EQUIPMENT. All equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of storm sewers and culverts shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the engineer before ' construction is perwitted to start. The contractor shall provide appropriate hoisting equipment to handle the pipe while unloading and placing it in its final position without damage to the pipe. The contractor shall provide hand tampers and pneumatic tampers to obtain ' the required compaction of the pipe bed and the backfiil, as specified. 701-3.2 EXCAVATION. (a) Common. The contractor shall do all coomon excavation to thb depth shown on the plans. Common excavation shall consist of all excavation not included sunder rock excavation. (b) JkQ,,k. The contractor shall do all rock excavation to the specified ' depth shown an the plans plus the required addtional depth for bedding. Rcck excavation shall consist of the removal of boulders and detached rock, 1/2 cubic yard in volume or greater, and of all rock in place in ledges or messes which can be removed only by the use of bars and sledges or by blasting. Where rock, or soil containing rocks or grave), hard pan, or other ' unyielding foundation material is encountered in trench excavation, the pipe shall be bedded in accordance with the requ.'Mements of one of the classes of bedding but vith the following additions: The hard unyielding material shall be excavated below the elevation of the bottom of the pipe or pipe bell to a depth of at least S inches or 1/2 inch for each foot of fill over the top of the pipe, whichever is greater, but not more than three-fourths the nominal diameter of the pipe. The cushion shall consist of a fine compressive material, such ar silty clay or loam, lightly c.rapacted, and shaped as required for the specified class of bedding. The cost of 1 furnishing and piecing the cushion material shall be included in the bid price per cubic yard for rock excavation. Before any rock is removed, the engineer shall have the opportunity to obtain the necessary data to determine the yardage'to be used for payment. The bottom of the trench 1 shall be excavated to a horizontal section as far as practicable. Page 466 Div IV i ' Ac 150/3310-10 i 10/24/74 i ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORH SEWERS AND CULVERTS i ,c) General. Excavated material not required or acceptable for backfill shall be disposed of by the contractor as directed by the engineer. Common excavation o be backfilcarried d at thbellp.t the e contractor's ,rexpensehwithtW6.-Ial i is, the trench dinsity of the surroundi-Ag as engineer approved the the YAA to the i determined by compacted earth mate control tests T 611. width i When directed, unstable hssand or with for the granularumat rial.of Thee trench and replaced engineer shall determine the depth of removal of unstable soil and the amount of backfill necessary. The backfill shall be compacted and shaped to a firm but slightly yielding condition tome ~theobfed ffoor the pipe. When not specified in the special provisions, reving unstable soil i anrc opt the cubicpyardsdof ematerial xcavationlandeof covered by a ayproved material~nta;. agreement i The depth of cut shown on the plans is from the surface grade to the invert of the pipeline. In case the depth of cut is changed from that shown on the the plans, the change shall not exceed b inch without a r vis ion in depth of cut i contract unit price per linear foot of pip on or de whether increase hor decreased,cshallll beiprovid ddforiin of suwork pplenental involved, i agreement. The sinimum width of the trench at the top of the pipe, whet, placed, shall be a width which will permit the proper construction idea of of Joints anshall be the trench i compaction of backfill around the pipe. The vertical, unless otherwise approved by the engineer. The maximum allowable vi6th the trench shall not otherwise approved by Inches on side of the pipe when , i placed, The bed for the pipe shall be so shaped that at least the lower quarter of the pipe circumfetence shall be in continuous contact with the bottom of the trench. The contractor shall do such trench bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary afety and formance ' to governi and protect the excavaion as sheathng, or required for not benremoved to governing laws. The bracing, 8. in one operation but shall be done in successive stages as detarmi Wed boynsthe engineer to prevent overloading of the pipe duringdbathe c Removal operati same, The cost of the bracing, sheathing, or shoring, an shall be included in the unit price bid per foot for the pipe. page 467 DIV IV 1 +1 AC 150/5370-10 op./24/74 ITEH D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AID CULVERTS 701-3.3 CRADLES. When the engineer finds the bottom of the trench to be an insufficient foundation for the pipe, he shall determine the locations and dimensions of the necessary cradles to properly support the pipe. The design details for the cradles shall be as shown on the plans. I 701-3.4 LAYING AND INSTALLING PIPE,, (a) Clay 'Ago, and Concrete e. The contractor shall provide the necessary mason's lines and supports to insure installation of the pipe to line and grade, as staked by the engineer. The contractor's facilities for lowering the pipe into the trench shall be such that neither the pipe nor the I trench will be damaged or disturbed. The engineer shall inspect all pipe before it is laid, and reject any sect;ton that is damaged by handling or is defective to a degree wbich will materially I affect the function and service of the pipe. The laying of the pipe in the finished trench shall be started at the-lowest ' point and laid upgrade. When bell and spigot pipe Is uses, the bell shall be laic upgrade. If tongue and groove ripe is used, the grooved end shall be laid upgrade. The pipe shall be firmly and accurately set to line and grade so that the invert will be smooth and uniform. The pipe shall be protected from water during placing and until the mortar in the joints has thoroughly set. When bell and spigot pipes are used, spaces for tho pipe: bells shall be dug in the pipe subgrade to accommodate the bells. These spaces shall be deep enough to insure that the bells do not bear the load of the pipe; they shall not be excessively wide in relation to the longituOlnal direction of the trench. When the pipes ere laid, the barrel of each sactiun of pipe shall be in contact with the quadrant-shaped bedding throughout its full length, exclusive of the bell, to support the entire load of the pipe. ' Pipe shall not be laid on frozen ground. When placing conctvte,'pi,e constructed with elliptical reinforcing, the pipe shell be oriented in accordance with the manufacturer's markings of top or bottom. The upgrade end of pipelines not terminating in a structure shall be plugged ' or capped as approved by the engineer. Page 468 DIV IV "N"M 1i t 40/24/74 AC 150/5310-10 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS ' Pipe which is not true in alignment, or which shows any settlement after laying, shall be taken up and relaid without extra compensation. ' 'he contractor shall provide, as may be necessary, for the temporary dinereion of steam flow in order to permit the installation of the pipe under dry conditions. ' (b) Cc rru ated Steel Pipe. Oorrugated steel pipe shall be laid with separate sections Joined firmly togfther with coupling bands conforming to Fed. Spec. WW-P-405, with outside laps of circumferential joints pointing upgrade, and with longitudinal laps on the sides. Proper facilities shall be provided for lowering the pipe when it is to be placed in a trench. The pipe shall be laid carefully and true to lines and grades on a bed which is uniformly firm throughout its length. Any pipe which is not in true alignment, or which shows any undue settlement after being laid or is damaged, shall be taken up and relaid without extra compensation. The pipe shall be placed so that the element of the cylindrical pipe ' constituting the centerline of the paved section shall coincide with the flow line of the culvert or sewer. Sections of paved pipe shall be laid so that the flow line is smooth and continuous across joints. All pipe shall be handled so as to prevent bruising, or breaking of the spelter coating or the bituminous coating. All spots on the pipe where the spelter or bituminous coating has been injured or destroyed shall be painted with two coats of asphaltic paint, or otherwise repaired iit a satisfactory manner. ' Where elongated pipe is shorn on the plans or specified it the proposal, the pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. AI-P-405. 701-3.5 MORI,AR. The mortar shall be of the desired consistency for calking and filling the joints of the pipe or for calking and filling between the pipe and the drainage structures. Zbrtar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded. Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted. e . DIV IV page 469 r AC 150/5370- io 10/24/74 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS r 701-5.6 PIPE JOINTS. Pipe joints for clay or concrete pipe may be of the bell and spigot type or the tongue and groove type unless one type is specified by the engineer. One of the following methods of jointing pipe shall be used: (a) Cement Mortar .Joints. ' (1) Bell and spigot pipe. The first pipe shall be bedded to the established grade line, placing the bell end upstream. The interior surface of the bell shall be carefully cleaned with a wet brush, and the lover r portion of the bell filled with mortar to such a depth as to bring the inner surfaces of the abutting pipe flush and even. The spigot end of each subsequent pipe shall be cleaned with a wet brush and uniformly matched into the bell so that the sections are closely fitted. After each section is laid, the remainder of the joint shall be filled mortar, and a bead shall be formed around the outside of the joint with a sufficient amount of additional mortar. The cement mortar shall be protected from rapid drying from exposure r to sun or wind by suitable covering such as damp burlap kept moist for at least 24 hours. If the mortar is not sufficiently stiff to prevent appreciable slump before setting, the outside of the joint should be wrapped r or bandaged with cheesecloth to hold the mortar in place. (2) Toniue and groove pipe, the first pine shall be bedded carefully to the established grade line with the groove upstream. A shallow excavation shall he made underneath the pipe at the joint and filled with mortar to provide a bed for the second, pipe. The grooved end of the first r pipe shall be carefully cleaned with a wet brush.., and a layer of soft sorter applied to the lower half of the groove. The tongue of the second pipe shall be cleaned carefully with a wet brush, and while in a horizontal position, a layer of soft mortar shall be applied to the upper half of the tongue. The tongue and of the second pipe shall than be inserted in the grooved end of the first pipe until mortar is squeezed out on the interior and exterior suYfac4s. Sufficient mortar shall be used to completely fill the joint and ' to: form a bead on the outside. The cement mortar shall be protected frose rapid drying from exposure to sun or wind by suitable covering out,& as a lamp burlap kept moist for at least 24 hours. If the mortar is not sufficien ' stiff to prevent appreciable slump before setting, some method shall be provided to hold the mortar in place. r . ~r r iPage 470 DIV IV r n , 1 1O/24/74 AC 150/5770-10. ITEM D-70) PIPS FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS (b) Cement Grout ,Joints. (1) Bell and spigot pip~e. The pipe shall be beddod and installed ' as described in a a ove, witn.the exception of placing mortar. Suitable me-"ns shall be furnished for centering the spigot into the bell. The joint shall be sealed with cement grout poured or pumped into diaper bands. Diaper bands shall be made from a suitable fabric of sufficiently close weave to prevent the loss of cement from the grout but shall not be waterproof. The longitudinal edges of the bands shall be rolled and hemmed in a manner to contain a steel wire or strap along each edge. The width of the band shall be such that it will tie back of the bell and yet extend over the joint. The length shall extend to at least 90% of the outside diameter of the pipe, but the steel wires or straps shall to of sufficient extra length so the ends can be twisted or fastened together at the top of the pipe to hold the diaper tight against the pipe. After securing the band, an inspection shall be made to insure that the band in positioned completely around the pipe and that the joint is covered. The fabric of the band shall be dipped in cement mortar before placing, but the fabric shall not be dry nor the mortar set before pouring the joint. The cement grout shall consist of the same materials as ' specifier' for mortar but shall contain sufficient water to maintain a free-pouring consistency. The grout shall be poured between the band and the pipe through the openings in the diaper at the bottom of the pipe. The pouring of grout shall alternate from side to aide of the pipe, and successive pourings shall fill the joint in almost equal lifts on each aide. Care shall be exercised to seal the joint At the bottom of the pipe Ttie diaper shall be left in place. No backfilling shall be done until iha joints have been inspected and approved. (2) Toa a and roo)n i e. The pipe shall be bedded and installed as described in s above, with the exception of placing the mortar. Suitable means shall be furnished for centering the tongue into the groove. The joint shall be sealed with cement grout poured or pumped into d u per bends. The bands shall meet the requirements of (b)(1) above. The diaper band shall be approximately 8 inches in width and shall be placed symmetrically over the joint. The sealing of the joint shall meet the requirements of (b)(1) above. No backfilling shall be done until the joints have been inspected and spprove-,'• (c) Rubber Gasket Joints. The gaaket shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s;' instructions. r DIV IV Page 471 AG 150/.5370-10 tQ/1~if7~+ ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS (d) composition Casket Joints. The gasket shall be installed in accordance With the manufactures s instructions. (e) Joint-sealing Compound. Joint-sealing compound, hot-pour, Elmira].-filled. , shall be used in filling joints of bell and spigot sewer ' pips:. The bell and spigot pipe shall be installed and centered so that the annular apace is uniform. This annular space shall be calked with oakum joint packing and then shall be sealed vith a joint compound conforaing to the. requirements of Fed. Spec. SS-S-169. The oakum shall be packed into the, ' joint so as to leave a space, measured from the end of the ball, for pouring +.he compound. The apace shall be at least ) knch for pipes 15 inches or less in diameter, shall be at least l 112 inches for pipes 18 to 24 inches in t diameter, and shall be at least 2 inches for pipes larger than 24 inches in diameter. When jointing pipe in its final position, a suitable joint runner previously coated to facilitate removal shall be placed around the pipe, leaving an opening at the, top of the runner. The joint shall be poured until complt,tely filled with the compound; the pouring shall be made as rapidly as possible without eampping air. After the compound has cooled and set, the runner may be removed. The joint shall be inspected for unfilled spaces or ' unsatisfactory jointing. Alternate joints say be poured before the pipe is lowered into the trench. In this case, the joint shall be poured with the pipe in a vertical position without the use of the runner. The compound shall be-thoroughly set before the pipe is saved. When previously jointed, the pAptl sball be handled carefully so as not to move or deform the jointing. 701-3.7 BACKFILLING. All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled wi n a reasonable time after the pipes ace installed, unless other ' protection of the pipe.is directed. The backfill material shall be selected granular material from excavation or borrow; material which is placed nt the aides of the pipe and 1 foot over the top shall be material which can be readily compacted. It shall not contain atones retained on a,3-inch sieve, frozen lumps, chunks of highly plastic clay, or any other material which is objectionable to the engineer. The material shall be moistened or dried, if necessary, to be compacted by the method in use. Backfill material shall ' be approved by the engineer. The backfill shall be placed in :oose layers not to exceed 6 inches in depth ' along each side of the pipe. Special care shall be taken to secure thorough compaction under the haunches and at the sides of the pipe. This backfili shall be brought up evenly on each side of the structure to an elevation of I foot over the top of the pipe, or such greater elevation as directed by the ' engineer. Backfilling shall be done in a manner to avoid injurious top or aide pressures on the pipe. Page 472 DDI IV ~i e 1-7 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SSWBRS AND CULVERTS In embankments and for other areas outside of pavements, the fill shall be compacted at each side of the pipe for a lateral distance equal to twice the outside diameter or 12 feet, whichever is leas, and carried up to au elevation of at least 1 foot above the top of the pipe. The backfill shall be compacted to the density required for embankments in unpaved areas under Item P-152, Under paved areas, the subgrade and any backfill shall be compacted to tha density required for embankments for paved areas under Item P-152. Movement of conatruction machinery over a culvert shayi be at the contractor's risk. Any p'.pe damaged thereby shall be replaced at the expense of the contractor. 701-3.8 COM CTIONS. Where the plans call for connections to existing or proposed structures, these connections shall be watertight and made so that a smooth uniform flow line will be obtained througbout the drainage system. 701-3.9 CLEANING MD RESTORATION OF SI'E. After the backfill is completed, the contractor shall dispose of ttl surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be depusited is embankment, shoulders, or as ordered by the engineer. Except for paved areas of the airport, the contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. ' After all work is completed, the contractor shall remove all tools and other equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. Performance of the work de.::ribed in this section is not payable directly but ' shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor covered under the contract unit price for the pipe. 701-3.10 INSPECTION. Prior to final approval of the drainage system, the engineer, accompanied by the contractor's r.epreaentative, shall make s 1 through inspecrion, by an appropriate method, of the entire installation. Any indication of defects in material or workmanship, or obstruction to flow to the pipe system, shall be further investigated and corrected. Defects due to the contractor's int„iigence shall be corrected by the contractor without additional compensation and as directed by the engineer. bIv iv page 473 A~ 150/5370-10 io/24/74 ' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS Method of Measurement ' 703-4.11 The fo " age of pipe to be paid for shall be 0 % number of linear feet of pipe in place,' completed, and approved to be measured along thn centerline of the pipe from and or inside face of structure to the and or Inside face of structure, whichever is applicable. The several classes, types, and siaw shall be measured separately. All fittings shall be incl:idod in the footage as typical pipe sections in the pipeline being e measured. 741-4.2 The volume of concrete for pipe cradles to be paid for shall be the 1 number of cubic yards of concrete complete in place and accepted as determined from the dimensions shown on the plans or as ordered by the engineer. 701-4.3 Rock required to be removed shall be computed by the cubic yard for the specified width of the trench and to a depth of 4 inches below the bed of the pipe. No payment shall be made for the cushion material placed for the bed of the pipe or for additional backfill material. Basis of payment 1 701-5.1 payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for ea kind of pipe of the type, class, and sisa designated; at the contract unit price per cubic yard of concrete for pipe cradles; and at the contract unit price per cubic yard for rick excavation. These prices shall be full cormpanoation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equiVaent, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. i Payment will be made under: Item D-701-5.1 Site inch (Type of pipe) per linear foot. item D-701-5.1 Concrete for Pipe Cradles - per cubic yord. 1 Itum D-701.5.1 Rock Excavation - per cubic yard. Page 474 DIV IV SENSE 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM sEwFRS AND CULVERTS TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title FAA T-611--Deasity AASHO H 65--VC Pipe ASTH C-13--VC; Pipe m ASTH C-261--VC Pipe ASTH C-462--VC Pipe ASTH C-200--VC Pipe ASTH C-218--VC Pipe ASTH C-463--VC Pipe i AASHO H 86--Sever Pipe ASTH C-14--Sewer Pipe WW-P-405--Corrugated Pipe !/'4W-P-402--Aluminum Pipe AASHO M 190--Bituminous CS Pipe SS-P-331--Asbestos CS Pipe i AASHO H 85--Portland Cement ' AASHO M 45--Sand ASTH C-6--Lime ' 1/ HH-P-117--Oakum i DIV :V Pegs 475 ■rar AC 150/5370--10 10/24/74 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM S04ERS AND CULVERTS 1/HH-G-156--Flexibility fled. Std. 601--Gasket Svell ! ASTH C 443--P.ubber Casket ASTH C 425--0a3ket .Y.SS-S-210--Sealer ' 1/ SS-S-169--Sealer t ASTH C-76 RC--Pipe AASHO H 170 RC--Pipe NOTE: Others as required by referenced specifications. .Federal Specification e t a Page 476 DIV IV t AC 150/5370-10 10/2474 ' DRAINAGE STRUCTURES CLESINS, INLETS ' I'PEM D-751. MMANHOLENO A INSPECTION ' Description ii d these specifia~ ons,~atllthesspecified inspection holesem in sball accordance t with manholes) locations and conforming to the lines, grades, ani dimensions shown on the t locations planu or required by the engineer. ' Materisla L151-2.1 BRICK, 'ltie brick shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 41. 5l-t!.2 MORTAR. 'the riortar for brick masonry and similar work shall be Theh volume. e comprised 1 pain of all conform to the o. The Portland cement shall co Lima may sand the mixture to the of requirements of MSHO M in an afaount•n tyto exceed 15% of ' added the weight of cement used. The hydrated lime Ahall meet the requirements o of questionable ASTH acidG 6. The alkalies, cr water ogshall be clean and anic material. Ifr`hw aaterdeleterious a cids, a elka quality, it ehti.l be tested in accordance with pASHO T 26, 751-2.3 CONCRETE, Plain and reinforced concrete o used inairucctureaor connections of pipes with structures, and the svpp frames shall conform to the requirements of item P-610. ' 151-2.4 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE MANHOLE RINGS. Precast concrete pipe ,hole have as inside eiameter rings h risers and offset tons sections[shall9 ~ specified, , t of not leas than 36 inches nor more than 48 inches. ' Page 4S-) DIV IV ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM D-751 KWFOLES, CATCH BASINS. INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES 751-2.5 CORR_UCUTED METAL. Corrugated metal shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. i1W-P-405. 751-2.6 FRAMES. COVERS. AND GRATES. The castings shall conform to one of ' the follow ng requirements: (a) Gray iron castings shall rAeet the requirements of AASHO M 105. ' (b) Malleable iron castings shall meet the requirements of AASHO H 106. t (c) Steel castings shall meet the requirements of AASHO H 103. (d) Structural steel for grates and frames shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 94. All castings or structural cteel units shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be designed to support the loadings specified. Each frame and cover or grate unit shall be provided with fastening members to prevent it from being dislodged by traffic but which will allow easy ' removal for access to the structure. All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and given two coats of approved bituminous paint. After fabrication, structural steel units shall be galvanised to meet the requirements of AASHO H 111. 751-2.7 STEPS. The steps or ladder bars shall be gray or malleable cast iron, galvanized wrought iron, or galvanized steel. Brought iron shall meet the requirements of AASHO H 100. The steps shall be the size, length, knd ' shape shown on the plans and those steps that are not galvanized shall be given a coat of bituminous paint, when directed. ' fags, 490 DIV IV Ilk 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' IT'EH D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES ' Construction Methods 751-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. ' (a) The contractor shall do all excavation for structures and structure footings to the lines and grades or elevations, shown on the plans, or as. staked by the engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure ' footings shown. The elevations of the bbttome of footings, ae shown on the plans, shall be considered as approximately only; and the engineer may order, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation. (b) Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encow+tered in excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, st5pped, or serrated, as directed by the engineer. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock ' and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made until gust before ' the concrete or reinforcing is to be placed. (c) The contractor shall do tll bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conform ice to governir_Q laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be included in the %sait price bid for the structure. (d) Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved to the construction of this item shall be removed by the contractor after the e completion of the structure. Removal shall be affected in a manner which will not disturb or mar finished maionry. The coat of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. (e) After each excavation is completed, the contractor shall notify the engineer to that effect; and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed after the engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material. DIV IV pagg 491 1 . 1g■■t MEN AC 150/5310-10 10/24/74 t ITElf D-151 11ANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLb"S AND INSPECTION HOLES %31-3.2 BRICK STRUCTURES. (a) Foundations. A prepared foundation shall be placed for all brick structures after the foundation excavation is completed and ,accepted. Unless ' otherwise specified, the base shall consist of reinforced concrete mixed, prepared, and placed in accordance with the requirements of Item P-610. The foundation ,hall be built to the correct elevation and shall be finished to ' cause the least possible resistance to flowing water. (b) Lavin, Brick. All brick shall be clean and thoroughly wet before laying so that they will not abseto any appreciable amount of additional e water at the time they are laid. All brick shall be laid in freshly made mortar. !Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded. Retempering of tinortar shall not be permitted. An ample ' layer of mortar shall be spread on the beds and a shallow furrow shall be made in it which can be readily closed by the laying of the brick. All bed and head joints shall be filled solid with mortar. End joints of stretcher, and side or cross joints of headers shall be fully buttered with mortar and a shoved joint made to squeeze out mortar at the top of the joint. Any bricks that may be loosened after the mortar has taken its set, shall be removed, cleaned, and relaid with fresh mortar. No broken or chipped brick shall be ' used in the face, and no apalls or bats shall be used except where necessary to shape around irregular openings or edges; in which case, full bricks shall be placed at ends or corners where possible, and the bats shall bd used in ' the interior of the course. In making closures, no piece of brick shorter than the width of a whole brick shall be used; and wherever practicable, whole brick shall be used and laid as headers. ' (c) Joints. All joirte -hall be slushed with mortar at every course, brat slushing--aYone will nci be considered adequate for making an acceptable ' 'joint. Exterior faces shall be laid up in advance of backing. Exterior faces shall be back plastered ur pargeted with a coat of mortar not less than 3/6-inch thick before the backing is laid up. Prior to pargeting, all joints on the back of face courges shall be cut flush. Unless otherwise noted, joints shall be not liis3.than 1/4-inch nor more than 1/2-inch wide and whatever width is ado ihali be maintained uniform throughout the work. (d) Pointin ` :'A Joints shall be n,utly struck, using the weather joint. Al o nts t ll be finished properly as the laying of the brick progresses. When nails or line pins are used the holes shall be immediately plugged with w rtar and pointed when the nail or pin is removed. ' Page 492 DIV IV AC 150/5370-10 io/24/74 ITEM D-751 NANHOL£S, C'i:CH BASINS, inETS AND INSPECTION HOLES completion o 1 (e) CleaUpo cleaned bynacsubbing andfwaShingthe shall be thoroughly necessary to i duce acid which shallutheu be ringed off shall be ' solution o quantities of clean fresh rater. (f) Cvrin and cold Weather protection. In hot or dry weather, or when kept moist ' directed by the engineer, t e vi mason Brick k ry shall masonry protected work and or pointing for at least 48 hours after laying the brick. shall not be done when there is frost in the brick or when the air ' temperature is below 50° F. unless the contractor has on the project readlyieto use, suitable covering and artificial heating devices necessar; to keep atmosphere sodingt the masonry at .a temperature of not less than 60° F. for the duration 751-3.3 CONCRETE raingto the dimensions tandtfora indicated onlthenplans. ' construction foundations, The he cotruction shall conform tti the requirements specified in Item P-610. i the engineer beforeethesconcreteeisopouredQlana and Any reiorcement be approved required shall be shall Ali invert channels shall be constructed and shaped accuraBtlL•so ass interior smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flowing bottom shall be sloped downward toward the outlet. TO PI ' 751-3.4 ?RECAST constructed own prep~edTor piously placed slab foundations structures sh Sit bb shall conform to the dimensions and locations sham on the plans. Al 1 precast concrete pipe sections necessary to build a completed structures all be furnished. The different sections shall fit together readily, a the upper jointing and connections shall be cemented with mortar. The top precast concrete pipe member shall be suitably formed and dimen ioned•to receive the metal frama and cover or grate, oT other cap, including drops prov4sion shall be made for any connections for lateral pipe, and Leads that may be i-rwftalled in the structure. The flaw lines shall be The metal steps which eoootl., uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flow. ed and placed at are emb.`dded or built into the side walls shall be align vertical intervalsof 12 inches. When a metal ladder replaces the steps, it shall be securely position. page 493 my TV --ram--- . AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 1 ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES 751-3.5 CORRUGATED METAL STRUCTURES. Corrugated metal structures shall be constructed on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and B locations as shown on the plans. The structures shall be prefabricated. Standard or special fittings shall be furnished to provide pipe connections or branches of correct dimerwions. The connections or branches shall be of sufficient length to accommodate connecting bands. The fittings shall be welded in place to the metal structures. When indicated, the structures shall be placed on a reinforced concrete base. The top of the metal structure shall be designed so that either a concrete slab or metal collar may be attached to which can bP fastened a standard metal frame and grate or cover. Steps or ladders shall be furnished as shown on the plans. 751-3.6 INIE T AND OUTLET PIPES. Inlet and outlet pipes shall extend through the walls of the structures for a sufficient distance beyoLd the outside ' surface to allow for connections but shall be cut off flush with the wall on the inside surface, unless otherwise directed. For concrete or brick structures, the mortar sb+all be placed around these pipes so as to foim a tight, neat connection. 751-3.7 PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CASTINGS. 74AMBS. AND FITTINGS. All P castingd, frames, and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the plans or as directed by the engineer, and shall be set true to line =.,A to correct elevation. If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete or t cement mortar, all anchors or bolts shall be in place and position before the concrete or mortar is placed. The unit shall not be distutbed until the mortar or concrete has set. 1 When frames or fittings are to be placed upon previously constructed masonry, the bearing surface or masonry shall be brought true tc: line and grade and shall present an even bearing surface in order that the enL;re face or back of the unit will come in contact with the masonry. The unit shall be set in mortar beds %nd anchored to the masonry as indicated on the plans or as directed and approved by the engineer. All units shall set firm and secure. After the frames or fittings have been set in final position and the concrete or mortar has been allowed to harden for 7 days, then the grates or covers shall be placed and fastened dos,•n. Page 494 DIV IV 1 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEH D-751 MWOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES 751-3.6 INSTALLATION OF STEPS. The steps shall be installed as indicated ou the plans or as directed by the engineer. When the steps are to be set in concrete, they shall be placed tnd secured in position before the concrete is Poured. When the step3 are installed in brick maaonry, they shall be placed as the masonry is being built. The steps shall not be ' disturbed or used until the concrete or mortar has hardened for at least 7 days. After this period has elapseds the steps shall be cleaned and painted, unless they have been galvanized. When steps are required with precast concrete pipe structures, they shall be cast into the sides of the pipe at the time the pipe sections are manufactured or set in place after the structure to erected by drilli;,g t holes in the concrete and cementing the steps in place. When steps are required with corrugated metal structures, they shall be welded into aligned position at a vertical spacing of 12 inches. In lieu of steps, prefabricated ladders may be installed. In the case of brick or concrete structures, the ladrai shall be held in place by grouting the supports in drilled holes. In the case of metd structures, the ladder shall be secured by welding the top etipport and grouting the bottom support into drilled holes in the foundation or as directed. 751-3.9 BACKFILLLNG. (a) After a stricture has been court eted, the area around it shall be filled with approved »aterial, in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches In loose depth, and compacted to the density required in Item P-1520 and as 1 determined by }AAA compaction control tests T 611. Each layer shall be shall meet structure to toposited elevationpshownaonlthe plans orlasadirected The of t the all ' by the engineer. (b) Backfilling shall not be placed against any structure until permission is given by.the engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until the concrete has been in place 7 days, or until tests made by the laboratory under supervision of the engineer establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a t factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill. or the methods used in placing it. w ' DIV IV Page 495 ' AC 150/5370-10 io/24/74 ' ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES 1 (c) . Backfill shall not be measured for direct payment. Performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor covered under the contract unit )rice for the structure invrolved. 751-3.10 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed, the contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt cay be deposited in embankments, shoulders, or as ' ordered by the engineer. The contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. e ' After all work is completed, the contractor shall remova all tools and equipment, leaving the entire Lite free, clear, and in good condition. 1 Method of Measurement ' 751-4.1 Manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes shalt be measured by the unit. ' Basis of Payment ' 751-5.1 The accepted quantities of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes will be paid for at the contract unit price per each, complete and in place. This price sha" be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, backfilling and placing of the materials; furnishing and installation of such specials and connections to pipes and other structures as may be required to :omplete the item as ' shown on the plans; and for all labor equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. Payment will be made underi Item D-751-5.1 Manholes--per each Item D-751-5.1 Catch wain,-•per each Item D-751•-5.1 Inlets--per each Page 496 DIV IV 10/2+/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-731 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES Item D-751-5.1 Inspection Holes--per each TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENT Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 26--Water A7.:Z0 M 91--Brick ' FAA T-611--Density AASHO H 85--Portland Cement AASHO M 45--Sand ASTM C-6--Lime t ASTM C-478--Manhole Ring WW-P 405--CHP i AASHO H 105--Gray t Iron AASHO M 106--Malleable I ron AASHO M 103--Steel ' AASHO M 94--Grate and Frames AASRO M 111--Galvanize AASHO M 100- Wrought Iron ' NOTE: Others as required referenced specifications. L/Fedtral Specification DIV IV Page 497 (Reserve PAge 498) ' io/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAI JE STRUCTURES Description 732-1.1 This item shall consist of either plain or reinforced concrete culverts, headwalle, and miseellantoue drainage structures constructed in accordance with these specif£cations,,at the specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions show on the plans or required by the engineer. Materials ' 752-2.1 CONCRETE. Plain and reinforced concrete shall meet the requirements of Item P-610. Construction Methods ' 752-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. (a) Trenches and foundation pits for structures or structire footings shall be excavated to the linEs and grades or elevations shown on the plans or as staked by the engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient site to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of this bottoms of footings, as show ou the plans, shall be considered as approximate only; and the engineer nap order, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation. ' (b) Bo!ilders, logs, or am other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removes. All rock or other hard foundation material shell be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or Aarrated, as directed by the engineer. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be revved. When concrete it to rest on a surface other than rock, special Care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of ' the excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or reinforcing steel is to be placed, ' D17 1'1 Page 490 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM D-752 CONC:tETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES (c) The contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to perform and protect the excavation and the structure as required ' for safety or conforn.ance. to governing laws. The coat of bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for excavation. ' (d) Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved therewith shall be removed by the contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner which will not disturb or mar finished concrete. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for excavation. (e) After each excavation is completed, the contractor shall notify the 1 engineer to that effect, and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed ~lfter the engineer has approved the depth of tho excavation and the ch..aracter of the foundation material. 752-3.2 EACKFILLING. ' (a) After a structure has been completed, backfilling with approved material shall be accomplished by applying the fill in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches in loose depth, and Qompacted to the density regA red in Item P-152, and as determined by FAA compaction control tests T-611. (b) No backfilling shall be placed against any structure until permission is given by the engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until the concrete has been in place 7 days, or rxtil tests made by the laboratory under the supervision of the engineer ' establish that the concrete hav attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it. (c) Fill placed around concrete culverts shall be deposited on both sides at the same time and to approximately the same elevation. Care shall be taken to prevent any wedging action against the structure, and all slopes ' bounding or within the Areas to be backfilled shall be stepped or serrated to prevent weige action. ' (d) Sackfill will not be measured for direct paymera. Performance of this work under the contract is not payable-directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor, covered under the contract unit price for "Unclassified Excavation for Structures." Page 500 DIV IV AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND HISCELLAN£oUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 752-3.3 WEEP HOLES. Weep holes shall be constructed as shown on the plans. 752-3.4 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed, dirt, and Tubb ish from the contractor e ik' sll ayH be dall sited l in embankment, shoulders, or as ' the site. Surplus dirt rt may po ordered by the engineer. The contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. iin good all tools and e condition. site free, clear, and remove After - -~ent,~ leaving completed teentire the contractor shall qux ' lletnod of Measurement ' 752-4.1 The yardage of unclassified excavation for structures to be paid , of for shall be the number of cubic yards, measured in original nal d position by the r as iin the measurement material excavated in accordance with r he plans, included I engineer; but in no case shall any y outside o for ch is boun inchesroutsideiof and parallelfto the neat lines of thver etfootings.~ 18 ' 752-44.2 The yardage of concrete to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yard of concrete, complete in place and accepted. In computing the yardage of concrete for payment, the dimensions used shall be those shown on the plans or ordered by the engineer. No measurements orl other alto anion shall be made for forms, false work* cofferdams, pumping, b for the ~v-slumes of rein orcing steel ordemb dded items. shall be made made r 752-4.3 The poundage of reinforcing teelatod be paid for shall ple the calculated theoretical. number o pounds complete in place and accepted. The unit weight used for deformed barsof shall be the weight of plain sluare or round bars, as the case may be, equal nominal size. Page 501 DIV IV AC 150/5370-10 to/24/74 ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISC7%LtANEOUS DRAINAGI STRUCTURES Basis of Payment 752-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for unclassified excavation for structures; at the contract unit price per cubic yard for concrete for the structures; and at the contract unit price per pound for reinforcing areel. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavaticn, and placing the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. Payment will be made under: Item D-752-5.1 Unclassified Excavation for Structures - per cubic yard. ' Item D-752-5.1 Structural Concrete - per cubic yard. Item D-752-5.1 Reinforcing Steel - per pound. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title FAA T-611--Density None ' NITE: Others as required by referenced specifications. 1 t DIV IV Page 502 ITEM T-901-SEEDING T-901 SEEDING. All paragraphs under Item.T-901, Seeding, shall apply with the following modifications: 901-2.1 SEED. Delete these paragraphs and substitute the following: The grass seed shall be common bermuda and shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification JJJ-S-181. All seed must meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law including and labeling requirements for showing purity, germination, name and type of seed. ' Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each bag shall be within nine months of the time of delivery to the project. All seed uce4 shall be hulled bermuda grass seed having a purity of 95% and a germination of 90%. The application rate shall be 8 pounds per acre and the recommended planting date will be January 1 to May 15. Bermuda grass seed shall be furnished in sealed, standard containers unless written exception !.s granted. Seed that is wet or moldy or that has been otherwise damaged in transit or storage will not be acceptable. The seed shall be frea o. field bindweed, hedgeweed, and nutgrass seed. Seed shall not contain other noxious weed seed in excess of the limits allowable under the Federal Seed Act and ' applicable state seed laws. Peed labeled as mixture or pasture mixture will not be acceptable. common bermuda grass seed shall not contain in excess of 3% of giant strains of bermuda grans. Each seed container shall bear the date of the last germination, which date shell be within a period of six months prior to commencement of planting operations. 901-2.2 LIKE. Delete this paragraph. t 901-2.3_ FERTILIZER. Delete the paragraphs and substitute following: All fertilizer used shall bo delivered in bags or containers clearly labeled ' showing the analysis. The, fertilizer is subject to testing and shall be in accordance with the TeS.as Fertilizer Law. A pellfited or granulated fertilizer shall be used with analysis of 16-20-0 representing the percent of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and pot ash nutrients respectively. In the event it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer of a different analysis, it shall be pellated or granulated fertilizer with a lower concegitration. The ' total amount of nutrients furnished and applied per acre shall equal or exceed 16-20-0. Fertilizer shall be applied uniformly at the average of 400 pounds per acre for all types of turfing. t 901-4.1 MEASUREMENT. Delete the paragraph and substitute the following: The quantity of seeding to be paid for shall be the number of acres measured on the ground surface, completed and accepted. The quantity of fertilizer 1 to be paid for shall be the number of tonti used. 901-5.1 PAYMENT. Delete the paragraph and substitute the following: The quantity of seeding determined as provided above, will be paid for at the contract unit pries per acre, or feaction thereof, for the pay item listed below which prl.ce and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing ' and placing all material and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item. This quantity of fertilizer shall. be paid for by the ton. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Teft and short title Material and short title None 1/ -iii-S-181--Seed ' 10/2+/7 $ AC 150/5370-10 DIVISION V TURFIFG O ITM T-901 §EEDIFG ' Description 901-1.1 by item shall in s accordance reading with these spec ficationsYlans or the engineer consist direct Werials ' 901-2.1 SEED. The kinds c f grass, legume, and cover-crop seed furnished shall be those stipulated in the special provisions. Seed shall conform to ' the requirements of Fed. Spec. 333-S-181. Seed shall be furnished separately or in mixtures in standard containers ' with the seed name, lot number, net weight, percentages of purity and of germination and hard seed, and percentage of voAmum weed seed content clearly marked for each kind of seed. The contractor shall furnish the ing engineer duplicate signed copies of a statement by the vendor certifyseed ' that each lot of seed has been tested, by a recognized laboratory for testing within 6 months of date of delivery.. This statement shall include: name and address of laboratory, date of test, lot number for each kind of seed, and the results of tests as to nacre, percentages of purity and of germination, and percentage of weed content for each kind of seed furnished, and, in case of a mixture, the proportions of each kind of seed. 901-2.2 LIM. Lima, if specified, shall be ground limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates, and shal). be ground to such fineness that 902 will pass through a No. 20 mesh sieve and 5D% will pass through a No. 100 mesh sieve. Coarser material will be acceptable, providing the rates of application are increased to provide not less than the minimum quantities ' and depth specified in the special provisions on the basis of the two sirvo requirements above. Dolomitic lime or a h.;gh magnesium lime shall contain at least 10% of magnesium oxide. . D1Y Fare 507' . ) r r AC 150/5370-10 10/211/7 1 ITEM T-901 SEEDING 901-2.3 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer, if specified, shall be stardard commercial fertilizers supplied separately or in mixtures containing the percentages of total nitrogen, available phosphoric acid, and water-soluble potash. They shall be applied at the rate and to the depth specified in the special provisions, and shall meet the specified req•trements of the of,)licable Stat( and Federal laws. They shall be furnished in standard containers with name, weight, and guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon. No cyanamide compounds or hydrated lime shall be permitted in mixed fertilizers The fertilizers may be supplied in one of the following forms: (a) A dry, free-flowing fertilizer suitable for application by a common fertilizer spreader; (b) A finely-ground fertilizer soluble in water, suitable for ' application by power sprayers; or (c) A granular or pellet fore suitable for application by ' blower equipment. 901-2.4 SOIL FOR RRPAIRS. The soil for fill and topsotling of areas to be repaired shall be at least of equal quality to that which exists in areas adjacent t•o the area to be repaired. The soil shall bn relatively free from large stones; routs, stumps, or other materials that will interfere with subsequent nowing of seed, compacting, and establishing turf, and shall be approved by the engineer before being placed. r Construction Methods r 401-3.1 ADVANCE PREPARATION AND CLEM UP. After grading of areas has been completed and before applying fertilizer and ground licwstone, areas to be seeded shall be raked or otherwise cleared of stones larger than 2 inches in any dlaiaeter, sticks, stumps, and other debris which might interfere with sowing, of seed, groadth of grasses, or subsequent maintenance of grass-coverec areas. If any damage by erosion or other causes has occurred after the ' completion of grading and before beginning the application of fertilizer and ground limeatone, the contractor shall repair such daria e. T'als may include filling gullies, smoothing Irregularities, and repairing other incidental damage. r ' P.i re 518 DI V V ,i 90/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 t ITEM T-901 SEEDING An area to be seeded shall be considered a satisfactory seedbed without additional treatment if it has recently been thoroughly loosened and worked to a depth of not less than 5 inches as a result of grading operations and, if immediately prior to seeding, the top 3 inches of soil is loose, friable, reasonably free from large clods, rocks, large rj,its, or other undesirable matter, and if shaped to the required grade. ' However, when the area to be seeded is sparsely sodded, weedy, barren and unworked, or packed and hard, any grass and weeds shall first be cut or otherwise srtisfactorily disposed of, and the soil then scarified or otherwise loosened ':o a depth not less than 5 inches. Clods shall be broken ' and the top 3 inches of soil shall be worked into a satisfac,tor/ seedbed by discing, or, by use of cultipackers, rollers, drags, harrows, o'. other appropriate means. I 901-3.2 DRY APPLICATION li THOD. ' (a) Liming, Lime, if required, shall be applied separately and prior to the application of any fertilizer or seed and only on seedbeds which have previously been prepared as described above. The lime shall then be worked into the top 3 inches of soil after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooti, finish. ' (b) Fertilizing. Following advance preparations and cleanup, and liming if required, fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at the rate which will provide not less than the minimua quantity stated in the special provisions. (c) See din Grass seed shall be sown at the rate specified on the plans or in the special provisions immediately after fertilizing, and the ' fertilizer and seed shall be raked within the depth range stated in the special provisions. Seeds of legumes, either alone or in mixtures, shall be inoculated before mixing or sewing, in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer of the inoculant. When seeding is required at other than the seasons shown on the plans or in the special provisions, a cover crop shall be sown by the same methods required for grass and legume seeding. (d) BollAfter the seed has been properly covered, the seedbed shall he immediately compacted by means of an approved lawnroller, weighing ' 40 to 65 pounds per foot of width for clay soil (or any soil having a tendency to pack), and weighing 150 to 200 pounds per foot of width for sandy or light soils. I Page 5rj-9 DIV V AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM T-901 SEEDING 901-3.3 WET VPLICATION WTHOD. (a) General. The contractor *may elect to apply seed and fertilizer (and lime, if required) by spraying them on the previously prepared seedbed in the form of an aqueous mixture and by using the methods and equipment described herein. The rates of r,pplication shall be as specified in the special provisions. (b) kgKayinst Pauioment. The spraying equipment shall have a container or water tank equipped with a. liquid level gauge calibrated to read in increments not larger than 50 gallons over the entire range of the tank capacity, mounted so as to be visible to the nozzle operator. The container pr tank shall also be equipped with a mechanical power-driven agitator capable of keeping all the solids in the mixture in complete suspension at all times until used. The unit shall also br, equipped with a pressure pump capable of delivering ' 100 gallons per minute at a pressure of 100 pounds per square inch. The pump shall be mounted in a line which will recirculate the mixture through the tank whenever it ie not being sprayed from the nozzle. All pump passages and pipe lines shall be capable of.pr: viding clearance for 5/8 inch solids. The power unit for the pump and agitator shall have controls mounted so as to be acceasible to the nozzle operator. There shall be an indicating pressure gau&% connected and mounted immediately at the back of the nozzle. 1 The nozzle ripe shall be mounted on an elevated supporting stand in such a manner that it can be rotated through 360 degrees horizontally and inclined vertically from at least 20 degrees below to at least 60 degrees above the horizontal. There shall be a quick-acting, three-way control valve connecting the recirculating line to the nozzle pipe and mounted so that the npztle, operator can control and regulate the amount of flow of mixture delivered to the nozzle. At least three different types of nozzles shall be sup9lied so that mixtures may be properly sp-ayed over distance varying ftam 20 feet to 100 feet. One shall be a close-range ribbon nozzle, one a medium-range ribbon nozzle, and one a long-range jet nozzle. For case of remgval and cleaning, all nozzles shall be connected to the nozzle pipe by means of quick-release couplings. In order to reach areas inaccessible to the regular equipment, tin extension hose at least 50 feet in length shall be provided to which the nozzles may be connected. Page 510 DIV V 10/24P4 :X 150/5310-10 ITEM T-901 SEEDING (c) Ydxtures. Limes if required, shall be applied separately, in the quantity specified, prior to the fertilizing and seeding operations. Not more than 220 pounds of lime shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons of water. Send and fertilizer ehall be mixed together in the relative proportions specified, but not more than a total of 220 pounds of these combined solids shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons of water. All eater used shall be obtained from fresh eater sources and shall be free from injurious chemicals and other toxic substances harmful to plant life. ' Brackish water shall not be used at any time. The contractor shall identify to the engineer all sources of water at least 2 weeks prior to use. The engineer may take samples of the water at the source or from the tank at any ' time and have a laboratory test the samples for chenita 1 and saline content. The contractor chall not use any water from any sov-,ce which is disapproved by the engineer following such teats. All mixtures shall be constantly agitated from the time they are mixed until they are finally applied to the seedbed. All such mixtures shall be used within 2 hours from the tithe they were mixed or they shall be wasted and disposed of at locations acceptable to the engineer, (d) Spraying. Lime, if required, shall be sprayed only upon previously ' prepared seedbeds. After the applied lip:: mixture has dried, the lime shall be wocke& into the top 3 inches, after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. ' Kixtures of seed and fertilizer shall only be sprayed upon previously prepared seedbeds on which the lime, if required, shall already have been worked in, The mixtures shall be applied by means of a high-pressure spray which sha?.1 always be directed upward into the air so that the mixtures will fall to t'4e ground like rain in a uniform spray. 'Nozzles; or sprays shall never be directed toward the ground in such a manner as might produce erosion or runoff. Par".'!1lar care shall be exercit;ed to insure that the application is made uniformly and at the prescribed rats and to guard against misses and overlapped areas. Proper predetermined quantities of the mixture in accordance with sp,•.cificationa shall be used to cover specified sections of known area. Checks on the rate and uniformiv' of, application may be made by observing the degree of wetting of the ground or by distributing test sheets of paper or pens over the area at intervals aid observing the quantity of material deposited thereon. r bIV 'J page 51• AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITE14 T-901 SEEDING on surfaces which are to be mulched as indicated by the plans or designated b) the engineer, seed and fertilizer applied by the spray method need not be raked into the soil or rolled. However, on surfaces on which mulch is not to be used, the raking and rolling operations will be required after the soil has dried. 901-3.4 MAINTENANCE OF SEEDED AREAS. The contractor shall protect seeded areas against traffic or other use by warning signs or barricades, as approved by the engineer. Surfaces Bullied or otherwise damaged following seeding shall be repaired by regrading and reseeding as directed. The cogractor shall mow, water as directed, and otherwise maintain seeded areas in it satisfactory condition until final inspection and acceptance of the work. When either the dry qr wet application method outlined above is used for work done out of season, it will be required that the contractor establish a good stand of grass of uniform color and density to the satisfaction of tbe- engineer. If at the time when the contract has been otherwise completed it is not possible to make an adequate determination of the color, density, and uniformity of such stead of grass, payment for the unacceptel portions of the areas seeded out of season will be withheld until such time as these requirements have been met. ' Method of Measurement ' 901-4.1 The quantity of seeding to be paid for shall be the number of units of 1,000 square feet, measured on the ground surface, completed and accepted. Basis of Payment ' 901-5.1 The quantity, determined as provided above, will be paid for at the contract unit price per 1,000 square feet, or fraction thereof, for the pay ' item listed below, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all material and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item. a Page 512 tv V 10/24/711 AC 15Q/5370-10 ITEM T-901 SEDING Payment will he made undfr: Item 901-5.1 Seeding - per 1,000 square feet. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENT" Test and short title Material and short title None JJJ-S-181--Seed Yrederal Specification 1 1 D1V V rage 523 (Reserve rage 514) 1J/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM T-903 SPRIGGING Description t 903-1.1 This item shall consist of planting sprigs of living grass plants at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer in accordance with these specifications. Materials 1 903-2.1 SPRIGS. Sprigs shall be healthy living stems (stolons or rhizomes), of the grass species stated in the special provisions, harvested without adhering soil and obtained from sources where tl:e sod is heavy and thickly matted. The ps:esence of weeds or other material which might be detrimental to the pr.jposed planting will be cause for rejection of sprigs. 903-2.2 LIM. Lime, if specified, shall Conform to the requirements of t 901-2.2. 90__ 3-23_ FERTILIZER. Fertilizer if specified shall conform to the requirements of 901-2.3. ' 903-2.4 WATER. All water used shall be sufficiently free from oil, acid, alkali, salt, or other harmful materials that would inhibit the growth of grass. Brackish water shall not be used at any time. It shall be subject to the approval of the engineer prior to use. 063-2.5 SOIL FOR REPAIRS. The soil for fill, and tQT.Aniling of areas to ' be repaired, shall conform to the requirements of 901-2.4. Construction Methods t 903-3.1 GENERAL. Areas to be sprigged and the location of sprigging materiel, if available on the site, shall be shown on the pl►.ns. Areas requiring special ground surface preparation such as tilling, and those in a satisfactory condition to remain undisturbed,, shall alpu be s;sown on the plans. DiV V Page 515 . ~a:z t AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' ITEM T-903 SPRIGGING ' Suitable equipment necessary for proper preparation of the ground surface and for the handling and placing of all required materials sba11 be on hand, in good condition, and shall be approved by thi:engineer before the ' various operations are started. The contractor shall demonstrate to the engineer, before starting the various operations, that the planting and application of required materials will be mach at the specified rates. ' When weather conditloas are such that unsatisfactory results may occar, the work shall be stopped until the desired resg1ts can be obtained. 903-3.2 ADVANCE PREPARATION AND CLEANUP. After grading of areas has been compYeted~eud before applying fertilizer and limestone, areas to be sprigged shrill be raked or othenrise cleared of stones larger than 2 inches in any diaseter, sticks, stumps, and other debris which might interfere with sprigging, growth of grasses, or subsequent maintenance of grass-covered areas. If any damage by erosion or other causes has occurred after grading of areas and before beginning the application of fertiliser and ground limestone, as -oatractor-shall repair such damage. This may ' include filling gullies, smoothing irregularities, and repairing other incidental damage. ' 903-3.3 APPLYING FERTILIZER AND GROUND LIHESTOM. Following advance preparation and cleanup, fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at a rate which will provide not less than the minimum quantity of each fertilizer ' ingredient as stated in the opecial provisions. If use of ground limestone is required, it shall then be spread at a rate which will provide not less than the mi.M mum quantity stated in the special provisions. These materials shall be incorporated into the soil to a depth of not less than 2 inches by discing, raking, or other methods acceptable to the engineer. Any stones larger than 2 inches in any diameter, large clods, roots, and other litter brought to the surface by this operation shall be removed. On steep slopes where Lertilizer and ground limestone cannot be incorporated effectively by mechanical equipment, they may be applied with ' parer sprayers, blower .:.quipment, or, other approved method, and need not be incorporated into the soil., ' 903-3.4 HARVESTING SPRIGS. The sprigs obtained from sources off the site shall be from suitable areas as close as practical to the planting site. Regardless of the source, sprigging material which contains grass and weeds Page 516 DIV V lo/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEH T-903 SPRIGGING taller than 6 inches shall be mowed to a height of 3 inches, and the clippings raked and removed before harvesting begins. Harvesting may be performed by any me.Chod acceptable to the engineer, including crisscross ' cultivation, shallow plowing, or other acceptable methods to thoroughly loosen the sprigs from the soil and to bring then to the surface. After loosening the sprigs from the soil, they shall be gathered in small piles 1 or windroiis, watered, and kept moist until planted. Not more than 24 hours shall elapse between harvesting and planting sprigs, except that, when weather or other uncontrollable conditions interrupt the work, a time extension may be granted, prcvided the sprigs are still moist and viable. Sprigs that have heated in stockpiles, have become frozen, permitted to dry out, or otherwise seriously damaged during harvesting or delivery shall be rejected and shall be disposed of as directed by the engineer. 903-3.5 PLANTING SPRIGS. Sprigging shall be done only within the periods stipulated in the special provisions. Sprigging shall not be done during windy % eather, or when the ground is dry, excessively wet, frozen, or otherwise untillable. If the soil is not moist when the sprigs are being set, water shall be applied until the soil is moist and in a workable condition. One or more of the following methods shall be used, whichever ' is shove on the plane or stated in the special provisions: (s) Broadcast Sprigging. Sprigs shall be broadcast by hand or by suitab'.e equipment in a uniform 1-yer over the prepared surface with spacing between sprigs not to exceed 6 inches. The sprigs shall then be forced into the soil to a depth of 2 to 4 inches with a straight spade o: ' similar tool, or with a disc harrow or other equipment set to cover the sprigs to the required depth. (b) Raw Spri sting. Furrows shall be opened along the approximate contour of slopes at tho spacing and depth stated in the special provisions. Sprigs shall be placed without delay in a continuous row in the open furrow with successive sprigs touching, and they shall be covered Immediately. (c) Spot Sprigging. Spot sprigging shall be performed as specifieJ ' under row sprigging, except that groups of 4 sprigs or more shall be spaced 18 inches apart in the rows. DIV V Page 517 r AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM T-903 SPRIGGING 903-3.6 MULCHING AND C"ACTING. After planting of sprigs has been completed and prior to compacting, the surface shall be cleared of stones ' larger than 2 inches in auy diameter, large clods, roots, and other litter brought to the surface during sprigging. If mulching of sprigged areas is shown on the plans or stated in the special ' provisions, the sprigged areas shall be covered v±.th mulch in accordance with the cequiretaents of Item T-908 within 24 hours from the time sprigging has been completed, weather and soil conditions permitting. If mulching is not shown on the plans nor stated ire the special provisions, the sprigged area shall be compacted within 24 hours from the time sprigging has been completed, weather and soil conditions permitting, by f:ultipackers, rollers, or other satisfactory equipment operated at right angles to the slope. Compaction shall not be done when the soil is in such condition that ' it is picked up by the equipment. 903-3.7 ESTABLISQ ING TURF. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper care of the sprigged areas during toe period when the plants are becoming established and he shall protect the sprigged areas against traffic by warning signs or barricades approvad by the engineer. Surfaces Bullied ' or otherwise, damaged following sprigging shall be repaired by regrading and resprigging as directed. The contractor shall mow, water as directed, and otherwise maintain sprigged areas iu a satisfactory condition until final inspeLtion and acceptance of the work. Method of Measurement 1 . 901-4.1 The quantity of sprigging to be paid for shall be the number of r units of 1,000 square feet, measured. on the ground surface, complated and accepted. ' Basis of Payment ' 903-5.1 The quantity, determined as provided above, will be paid for at the contract unit price per 1,000 square feet or fraction thereof for the pay item listed below, which price and payment shall be full compensation 1 Page 518 ` DIV V . r 1 AC 150/537010 10/24/74 ' TTLM T-903 SPRIGGING for furnishing and placing 811 material including anyarequired d mulching of ' sprigged areas, and for all labor, equipment, necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item. t Payment will be made under: Item 903-5.1 Sprigging - per 1,000 square feet. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS r Test and ohort title Material and short title Nona None ' NOTE: Others as required by referenced specifications r 1 r r DIV V Page 519 (Reserve Page 520) 1 ' 10/24.174 AC 150/5370-10 t ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING ' Description ' 905-1.1 This item shall consist of preparing the ground surface for topsoil application, removing topsoil from designated stockpiles or areas to be stripped on the rSte or from approved sources off the site, and t piecing and spreading the topsoil on prepared areas in accordance with this specification at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer. Materials 905-2.1 TOPSOIL. Topsoil anall be the surface layer of soil with no admixture of refuse or any material toxic to plant growth, and it shall be reasonably free from subsoil and stumps, roots, brush, stones (2 inches or more in dievater), clay lumpa or similar objects. Brush and other vegetation which will not be incorporated with the soil during handling operations shall be cut and removed. Ordinary sods and herbaceous growth such as grass and weeds are not to be removed but shall be thoroughly broken up and intermixed with the soil during handling operations. The topsoil or soil mixture, unless otherwise specified or approved, sbal. have a pH range of approximately 5.5 pH to 7.6 pH, when tested in accordance with the methods of testing of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists in effect on the date of invitation of bids. The organic content shall be not less than U nor more than 20% as determined by the wet-combustion method (chromic acid reduction). There shall be not leas than :OX nor more than 80% of the material passing the 2CO mesh slave as ' determined by the wash test in accordance with AASHO T 11. Natural topsoil may be amended by the contractor with approved materials 'and methods to meet the above specifications. 905-2.2 IMSPECTICH AND TESTS, Within 10 days following acceptance of the ' id, the engineer shall be notified of the source of topsoil to be furnished by the contractor. The topsoil shall be inspected to determine if the selected soil meats the requirements specified and to determine the ' depth to which stripping will be permitted. At this time, the contractor may be required to take representative soil samples from several locations within the area under consideration and to the proposed stripping depths, for testing put.-poses as specified in 905-2.1. DIV V Page 527 r AC 150/5310-10 10/24/74 ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING Construction Methods 905-3.1 GENERAL. Areas to be topsoiled shall be shown on the plans. If topsoil is available on the site, the location of the stockpiles or areas to be stripped of topsoil and the stripping depths shall be shown on the plans. Suitable equipment necessary for proper preparation and treatment of the ground surface, stripping of topsoil, and for the handling and placing of tll required materials shall be on hand, in good condition, and approved by the engineer before the various operations are started. t 905-3.2 PREPARING THE GROUND SURFACE. Iw.edLately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil on any area, the surface shall be loosened by discs or spike-tooth harrows, or by other means approved by the engineer, to a minimum depth of 2 Inches to facilitate bonding of the topsoil to the, covered subgrade soil. The surface of the area to be topsoiled shall be f cleared of all stones larger than 2 inches in any diameter and all litter or other material which may be detrimental to proper bonding, the rise of capillary moisture, or the proper growth of the desired planting. Limited areas, as shown on the plans, which are too compact to respond to these operations shall receive special scarification. Grades on the area to be topsoiled, which have been established by others ' as shown on the plans, shall be maintained in a tnie. and even condition. Where grades have not been established, the areas shall be smooth-graded and the surface left at the prescribed grades in an even and properly compacted condition to prevent, insofar as practical, the formation of low places %r pockets where water will stand,, 905-3.3 OBTAINING TOPSOIL. Prior to the stripping of topsoil from designated areas, any vegetation, briers, stumps apd larga roots, rubbish or stones found on such areas, which may interfere with subsequent operations, shall be removed %wing methods approve) by i,he .engineer. Heavy sod or other cover, which cannot be incorporated into the toi+soil by discing or other Leans shall be removed. page 528 DIV V 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5310-10 ITEH T-905 TOPSOILING When suitable topsoil is available on the site, the contractor shall remove ' this material from the designated areas and to the depth as directed by the engineer. The topsoil shalt be spreadion areas already tilled and smooth-graded, or stocl.p'.ied in areas approved by the engineer. Any topsoil stockpiled by the contractor shall be rehandled and placed without additional compensation. Any topsoil Oat has been stockpiled on the site by others, and is required for topsof ling purpoeem, shall be removed and placed by the contractor. The sites of all stockpiles and areas adjacent thereto which have been disturbed by the contractor shall be graded if required and put into a condition acceptable for seeding. O When suitable topsoil is secured off the airport site, the contractor shall locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of the engineer. The contractor shall notify the engineer s+4fficientiy in advance of ' operations in order that necessary measurements and teats can be made. The contractor shall. remove the topsoil from approved areas and to the depth as i;ected. The topsoil shall be hauled to the site of the work and placed for spreading, or spread as required. Any topsoil hauled to the site of the work and stockpiled shall be r_ehandled and placed without additional. compensation. 905-3.4 PLACING TOPSOIL. The topsoil shall be evenly spread on the prepared areas to a uniform depth of 2 inches after compaction, unless otherwise shorn on the plans or stated in the special provisions. Spreading shall not be done when the ground or topsoil is frozen, excessively wet, or otherwise in ■ condition detrimental to the work. Spreading shalt be carried on so that turfing operations can proceed frith a minimum of soil preparation or tilling. After spreading, any large, stiff clods and bard lumps shall be broken with ' a pulverizer or by other effective means, wad all stones or rocks (2 inches or more in diameter), roots, litter, or any foreign matter shall be raked up and disposed of by the contractor. After spreading is completed, the t psoil shall b1 satisfactorily compacted by rolling with a cultipacker or b. other means approved by the engineer. The compacted topsail surface shall conform to the required lineal grades, and cross sections. Any ' topsoil or other dirt falling upon pavements as a result of hauling or handling of topsoil shall be p:~otnptly removed. DIV V Page 529 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING ' Method of Measurement 1 905-4.1 The yardage of tupsoil obtained cu the site to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards of topsoil measured In its original position and stripped or excavated. The yardage of topboll stockpiled by others and removed for topsoiling by the contractor to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards of topsoil measured in the stockpile. Topsoil shall be measured by volume in cubic yards compated by the method of and areas. 905-4.2 The yardage of topsoil obtained off the site to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards of topsoil measured in its original position and stripped or excavated. Topsoil shall be measured by volume in cubic yards computed by the method of end arena. ' Basis of Payment ' 905-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract trait price per cubic yard for topsoiltng (0 twined on the site). This price shall be full compensation for furniabisg all materials and for all preparation, placiugto and spreading of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tons, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 905-5.2 Pay%" t will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for topsoiltng (obtained off the site). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, placing, and t spreading of tha materials, and for all labor, equipment, toola, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. ' Payment will be made under: item T-905-$J Topsoiltng (Obtained on Site or Removed from Stockpile) - per cubic yard. Item T-903-5.2 Topsoiling (Furnished from Off the Site) - per cubic yard. Page 530 DIV V 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 O ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 11--Gradation None I 1 DIV.,'~tl-0`' Page 531 (Reserve Ease 532) 10/2A/'JA AC 150/53?0-10 ITEM L-110 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT UNDERGR04T.'D MECTRICAL DUCT 1 Description t 110-1.1. This item shall consist of underground electrical ducts installed in cc oidance W.th this specifica*don at the locations and in accordance with tho dinkonsions, desi"t and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the installation of all underground electrical ducts or underground conduits. It shal?. also include all trenching, baekfilling, removal, and restoration of arty paved areas; manholes, concrete encasement, mandreling installation of steel drag wires and duct markers, capping, and the testing of the installation as a completed duct system ready for installation of cables, to the satisfaction of the engineer. ' Equipment and Materials 110-2.11 GENERAL. All equipment and materials covered by referenced speoi- fications shall be subject to acceptance through manufaoturer's certifica- tion of compliance with the applicable specification when so requested by the engineer. 110-2.2 BITUMINOUS FIRER DUCT. Bituminous fiber duct and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C-581 or W-C-575 and shall be one of the following, as specified in the proposals (a) Type I, for concrete encasement. (b) Type II, for direct burial. 110-2.3 ASBE ,OS C9M DUO"'. Asbestos cement duct and Fittings ohall• conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C-571 and shall be one of the following, as specified in the grcposals 1 (a) Type 1, for concrete encasement. (b) Type IT, for.direct burial. 110-2.5 STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to ' the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-C-5814 ' DIV VI Page 613 AC 150/15370-10 10/24/74 IaEVI L-110 DTSTALLATION OF AIRPORT TXNTDMC-ROUNU ELECTRICAL DUCT 110-2.6 CO::CRm, Concrete shall confcrmi to Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete, using 1-inch maximum size coarse aggregate. 110-2.7 PUSTIC =V1,11T. Plastic conduit and fittings shall conform to the requ'_re^ents of Fed, Sper., WTC-1094 and shall be one of the following, as specified in t% e proposal: (a) Type I - Suitable for underground use eithe" directly in the earth or incased in concrete. w (b) -Pep? II - Suitable for either above ground or underground use. Constriction Methods i 110-3-14 GENERAL. i:a contractor shall install underground ducts at the ® approximate locations indicated in the airport layout plans. The engineer shall indicate specific locations as the work progresses. Ducts shall be of the size, uaterial, and type indicated in the plans or specifications. Where no size is indicated in the plans or specifications, the ducts shall be not less than 3 inches inside diameter. All duct lines shall be laid so as to grade to:,ard handhales, manholes and dust ends for drainage. Oradea shall be at least 3 '_r" es per 100 feet. 0:~ runs where it is not practi- cable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct lines shall be graded from ' the center in both directions toward manholes, har,dholes, or duct ends. Pockets or traps %-hcre maistu_•e may accumulate ehal1 be avoided. The contractor shall ,randrel each duct. An iron-shod mandrel, not more than 1/4-inch smaller than the bore of the duct shall be pushed through each duct by means of Soint.d conduit rods. The mandrel shall have a leather or rubber gasket slightly larger than the duct hole. All ducts installed chall be provided with a No. 10 gauge galvanized iron or steel drag wire for pulling the permanent wiring. Sufficient length shall be left in manzc'_es u: handaolea to bend the itag wire back. !o prevent•it from slipping back into the duct. Where spare ducts are installed, as indicated on the plans, the open ends shall be plugged with removable tapered =1~ s, des: a3 by the duct manufacturers, or with hardwood plugs ' conforms::: a~c•..rate?y to the shape of the duct and having the larger end of the plug at least greater in diameter than the duct. raze 614 DIV VI Tom. : ti . ; 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM L-110 11MIALLATION OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT All ducts shall be securely fastened in place during construction am. progress of the work and shall be plugged to prevent seepage of grout, water, or dirt. Any duct section having a defective joint shall not se installed. All ducts, except steel conduit, installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, and other paved areas shall be encased in a concrete envelope. Where turf is Krell established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for ducts may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench. The contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All excavation shall be unclassified. ' 110-3.2 DUCTS ENCASED IN CONCRETE. Unless otherwise shown in the plans, concrete-encased ducts shall be installed so that the tap of the concrete ' envelope is not less than 18 inches below the finished subgrade where installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas, and, not less than 18 inches below finished grade where installed in unpaved areas. ' Ducts under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet beyond the edges of the pavement or 3 feet beyond any underdrains which may be installed alongside the paved area. Trenches for concrete-encased ducts shall be ' opened the complete length before concrete is laid so that if any obstruc- tions are encountered, proper provisions can be .adr to avoid them. All ducts for concrete encasements shall be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches thick prior to its initial set. Where two or more ducts are encased in concrete, the contractor shall space them not less than 1 1/2 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) using spacers applicable to the type of duct. As the duct, laying progresses, ' concrete not less -than 3 inches thick shall be placed around the sides rind top of the duct bank. End bells or couplings shall be installed flush with the concrete encasement wdiere required. ' When specified, the contractor shall reinforce the bottom aide and top of encasements rith steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal. reinforcement. When directed, the contractor shall supply additional supports where the ground is soft and boggy, itere ducts cross under DIV VI Page 615 s- i AC 10/24/7 I'MA L-110 1241STALLATION OF AIRPORT U DERGROUW ELECTRICAL DUCT roadways, or where othc-r,.se shown on the plans. Under such conditions, the~ccnplete duct struct-,;.e stall be supported on reinforced concrete. footings, piers, or piles located at approximately j-"oot intervnl9. When a=ay or ,oapstone ducts are specified, they shale be installed with concrete encasenent as described above. Clay corduit shall be of the single- bore t;pe. 1kiere the self-centering socket-,joint type of single clay duct is used, _onduit s".all be built up, t, by tier, and separated only by suffici.nt ror`a., or fine age egate ecncret, to bed the ducts evenly and fill all vl-ids between ducts. Single ducts shall be jointed together and the ,joints =routed w th port:eml ce,rent aortar. A suitable gasket (of rubber or c;aar approved -ATP rial) mall first be placed in the receptacle end of -.'n.e duct, prior to t'-.e joining operation, in order to exclude all mortar from the duct. ' Where so•`%are bore butt-joint type of clay duct, single or mul tice? 1, is used, sections shall be aligned with at least four steel dowel pins and ,jo'^ts ,.*rap.ed vrLth dust tape 6 inches wide and lapped 6 inches. All joints in a bank of single-bore ducts shall be staggered, beginning evenly from the tianhole or hand^:ole, by means of short lengths 6, 8, 9, 12, aid 15 incr.=s long. Cement nor tar shall be trawled around each and every joint. ' Voids in the duct bank, caused by the external shape of the corners of the condui-, shall also be filled with mortar. The joining and joints of soapst.- a due', s,all be crone :n accordance with the manufacturr,r's ' recomms^dat ons. ' I10_3.~ DUCTS WITHOUT COX BETE ENCASQ+04T. Trenches for single-duct lines shall to not, less than inches nor more than 12 inches wide, and the trencl, for 2 cr :..ore ducts installed at the same level shall be proportionatoly wider. Trench botto^ns for ducts without concrete encasement shall be made to eonf=m accurately to .rade so ac to provide uniform support for the duct along its entire lengt^. ' A layer of tine earth material, at least 4 inches thick (loose measurement) shall be placed .'n the b.)tt'ai of the trench as bedding for the Not. The bedding raterial shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine 0.110 and ' it shall contain ro partie:es t. at would be retained on a 1/4-inch siege. The be:4-'rg :raterial shall be .armed until firm. Page 61: DIV Vt 10/24/7+ AC'150/5370-10 ITEM L-110 CF AIRPORT MEROROMM FL7'.:.'n=mil,. DUCT ' Unless otherwise shown in plans, dwc.s for direct burial shall be installed so that the tops of ill ducts are a:-east 1$ inches below the finished grade. When two or more ducts are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall be spaced not less than 2 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and not less than 6 inches apart in a vertical d.'.re.ticn. ' Trenches shall be opened the corplete length before duct is installed so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. _ . : f ends of all ducts shall be 110-3.4 DUCT MARKERS. The lo. Ma-feed by a eonerate slab marker Z =e:t =c.aro and 4 inches thick extending ap.iroximately 1 inch above the .rie markers shall be located above tt'e ends of all ducts or duct t,rrt, ez.-spt vihere ducts terminate in a h:.ndhole, nianhole, or building. ' The contractor shall impress the ,.-:):d "DUCT" on each marker slab. He shall also impress on the slab the number and size of ducts beneath the :Harker. The letters shall be 4 inches high end 3 inches wide with iridth of stroke ' 1/2-inch aad 1/4-inch deep or as large as the available space permits. 110-3.5 BACKFILL1Tt0. After concrete-encased ducts have been p:^operly installed and the concrete has had to se*., the trench shalt. be backfilled in at least twv layers yr t'. excavated material not larger than 4 inches in diameter and thoroug:^.1;: :s_nped and compacted to at least the density of the surrounding undisturced soil. If necessary to obtain the ,desired compaction, the backfill oeterial shall be moistened or aerated as 'required. Trenches shall not be excesz'vel; v:=.t and shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be eaap)etely bu.:cf=fled and tainped level 'Ath the adjacent surfaces except th&t, v%.en sod is to be placed over the trench, tt,e backfilling shall be atnppen at a death equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper alloi..ar.ce for settlement. DV VI gage 61.7 y, AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 e 1TEd L-110 INVALLATION OF AIRPORT UJIMERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT e Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the engineer. For ducts without concrete envelope, 8 inches of sand, soft earth, or other ' fine fill (loose measurement) shill be placed around the ducts and carefully tamped around and over them with hand tampers. The remaining trench may be filled with regular run of excavated material and thoroughly tamped as specified above. e 110-3.6 RES,ORATIO% Where ood has been removed, it shall be replaced ' as soon as ross'_b?e after the backfilling is completed. Ai: areas disturbed by the trenching, storir.3 of dirt, cable laying, pad constriction and other worlt shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall e include any necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sprigging, or mulching. Al! such work shall be performed in accordance with the FAA SWndard Turfing Specifications. The contractor shall be held responsible for raintaintig all disturbed surfaces and replacements until e final acceptance. Method of Measurement e 110-4.' Ire q•:a.:i'.y of ~Z-dergrotnd duct to be paid for under this Item shag oe the nu:ber of linear feet of duct installed, measured in place, completed, and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. e Basis of Payment e 110-5. ' Pa;,ent will be made at the contract unit price for each type and size of single-way or multi-way duct completed and accepted. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials And for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all. labor, cqui w ant, tcols, and incidentals necessary to complete this iten, e 1 i page Eye DIV VI e 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 IT94 L-110 I11STALI-4TION OF AIRPOIT UNDERGF,OUND ELECTRICAL DUCT ' Payment will be made under: Item L-110-5.1 Single-r:.y or Multi-way Electrical Duot-- per linear foot. Federal Specification: Referenced in Item L'-110 Number Title WC-571 Conduit and Fittings, Nonmetal, rigid; (Asbestos-Cement or Fire-Clay Cement), (for Electrical Purposes). W-C-575 Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, Bitwninized Fiber; Laminstvd Wall. W-C-581 Conduit and Fittings; Voyeretallic, Rigid, (Bituminizei Homogeneous Fiber). W-C-1094 Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, (Plastic). WW-C-581 Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Zinc-Coated. 1 A1 1. 1 1 1 DIV VI Page'619 (Reserve Pages 620 through 622) ~F IO/P4/74 AC 150/5370-10 i DIVISION VII TESTS AND APPENDIX TEST 611 COMPACTION CONTr',OL i FSTS r General 611-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This specification shall govern the determination of the maximwn density, field density, and percent compaction of those materials for w`sich a minimum percent compaction is specified. It covers the basic procedures to be followed in performing the test for maximum density, fielr! density, and percent compaction.. In all cases density shall be st4L s as the dry weight in pounds per cs,bi.c foot. 611-2.1 MAXIMtH DENSITY. Maxi.mtiun density is defined as the maximum dry ' weight in pounds per cubic foot obtained when a material is mixed with different percentages of water and compacted in a stvsdard manner. The percentage of water at which maximum density is obtained is temed the ' optimum moisture content. 611-2.2 LABORATORY COMPACTION TEST;. The rar.:a-um density shall be determined by the appropriate moUejd shown belovis (a) Where All of the Material Passes a loo. ~ Sieve. Use AA°HO T 180, ' Method A (of 8 for areas designed for aircraft weighing 30,000 pounds or more, and AASHO T 99, Method A (or B) for areas designed for aircraft weighing less than 34,000 pounds. ' (b) Vsere the Material Contains Particles Larger Than a No. 4 Sieve. Use AASHO T 1 , Method C or D or areas designed for aircraft weighing 309000 pounds or more and AASHO T 99, Method C (or L;) for areas designed i for aircraft weighing less than 30,000 pounds. (e) Where the Material Contains Particles_iarger 2= 3/4 Inch. ' Follow the replacemeent procedure given in the note under Method C of AASHO T 99 or T 180. DV VII Page 657 Ni ' ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-F(JOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES Description 107-1.1 This item shall consist of an airport wind cone furnished And installed in accordance with this specification at the location and in accordance with the dimensions, design, and details shown in the plans .X The work shall include the furnishing and installation of a support for mounting the wind cone, the specified wire, and a concrete foundation. The item shall also include all cable connections, conduit and conduit fittings, the furnishing and installation of all lamps, ground rod and ground connection, the testing of the installation, and all incidentals necessary to place the wind cone in operation as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the ' engineer. Equipment and Materials ' 107-2.1 GENERAL. (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, U.C. 20590, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 15015345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer s certification of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the engineer. 107-2.2 WIND CONES. ' (a) The 1.1-troot wind cone shall conform to Military Specifi- cation MIL-I-7854, Indicator Assemblies, Wind Cone, Unlighted anti Externally Lighted. It shall be mounted on a hinged support conforming to the requirements of AC 150/5345-14 Specification for L-827 "A"-Framed Hinged Support for 12-Foot .'ind Cone. i r t ITErf L-107 INSTALLATION OVAIRI.ORT 6-FOOT AND ' 12-FOOT WIND CONS e (b) The 8-font wind cone and hinged stael pole shall conform to the requirements of Advisory Circular 150/5345-27, Specification for L 807 Eight-Foot Illuminated W'.nd Co±fe. 107-2.3 WIRE. Wire in conduit rated up to 5,000 volts shall conform to Advisor}` _1ircular 1SC/5;'45-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Cables for Airport Lighting Circuit3, for rubber insulated neoprene p covered wire, of Federal Specification J-C-30, Type RHW, for rubber ® insulated fibrous covered wire, For ratings up to 600 volts, thermoplastic wire conforming to Federal Specification J-C-30, T pes TW, THW, and THWN, shall be used. The wires shall be of the type, size, number of conductors, and voltage shown in the plans or in the proposal. 107.2.4 CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to he requirements of Federal Specification WW-C-581. ' 107-2.5 CONCRETE. The concrete for foundations shall be pro- portione , p ace , and cured in accordance with Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete. - 107-2.6 PAINT. (a) Red lead priming paint for ungalvanized metal surfaces, and the mixing thereof, shall conform to the 97.1 grade Federal Specification TT-R-191. The red lead shall be furnished in paste form and delivered to the job in the original unbroker. packages ' bearing the maker's name and brand designation. The raw linseed oil, turpentine, and drier shall be in accordance with the Federal Specifications listed below: Raw Linseed Oil----------------------------TT-L-215 Turpentine-- -TT-T-801 Drier; Paint, Liquid, Type I TI-D-651 (b) Priming paint for galvanized metal surfaces shall be zinc dust-zinc oxide primer paint conforming to Federal Specifi- e cation TT-P-641. If necessary, add not moY!p than 1/2 pint of turpentine to each gallon. uL'.~. 6P d:~e~ n$.Y G ~.Se 11, 1 ' ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES (c) Orange paint for the body and the finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall consist of a ready-mixed nonfading paint ' meeting the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-5,9. The color shall be in accordance with Federal Standards 59S, Aviation. Gloss Orange Numblr 12197. (d) White paint for body and finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall be roady-mixed paint conforming to Federal Specifi- cation TT-P-102. (e) Priming paint for wood surfaces shall be mixed on the job by thinning the above specified aviation-orange or white paint by ' adding 1/2 pint of raw linseed oil to each gallon. ' Construction Methods 107-3.1 INSTALLATION. The hinged support or hinged pole shall ' e nsta a on it concrete foundation as shown in the plans. 107-3,2 COUNTERWEIGHT. Tho contractor shall furnish and install a counterwe g t on thehinged support for the 12-foot wind cone. The counterweigght may consist of lead weights which may be furnished with the "A" frame assembly or it may consist of concrete poured ' around the bottom of the hinged support. Where concrete is used, the counterweight shall be approximately 12 inches wide by 24 inches deep and should weigli approximately 500 pounds. The counterweight should be 2S to 50 pounds less than the weight needed to balance the assembly. The counterbalancing should operate to the satisfaction of the engineer, ' 107-3.3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION, The contractor shall furnish all labor an mater~a s an s ha make complete electrical connections in accordance with the wiring diagram furnished with the project ' plans, If underground cable from the transffirmer vault to the wind cone site and duct for this cable installation under paved areas is required, the cable and duct shall be installed in accordance with and paid for by linear foot measureitent at described in Item L-108, Installation of Underground Cables for Airpports, and Item L-110, Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct, ~ n. b J k f .v aD a` i Mr ,i. Lit . , " ' " • °fw , a ,~.•Jf,~ y.. },.i.' L. , e2 i;.t'.~1.~ kL~..~'.ul. 3. SP a ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES 107-3.4 BOOSTER TRANSFORMER. If shown in plans or specified in spec cat ons, a booster transformer to compensate for voltage drop to the lamps shall be installed in a suitable weatherproof ' housiug. The booster transformer shall be installed as indicated " in the plans and described in the proposal. If the booster trans- form%~r is required for installation in the transformer vault, it L shall. be iistalled in accordance with and paid for as described in Item L-109, Installation of Airport Transformer Vault and Vault tj6ipment. 107-3.5 CROUND CONNECTION AND GROUND ROD. The contractor shall urns and-install a group rod,, grounding cable, and ground clamps for grounding the "A" frame of the 12-foot assembly or pipe support of the 8-foot support near the base. The ground rod shall be of the diameter and length specified in the Flans and shall be copper or copper clad. The ground rod shall be driven into the ground adjacert to the concrete foundation so that the top is at least 6 inches below grade. The grounding cable shall consist of No. 8 AWG bare stranded copper wire or larger and shall be ' firmly attached to the ground rod by means of a ground connector or clamp. The other end of the grounding cable shall be securely attached to a leg of the "A" frame or to the base of the pipe support with noncorrosive metal and shall be of substantial construction. The resistance to,ground shall not exceed 25 ohms. 107-3.6 PAINTING. Three coats of paint shall be applied (one prime, one body, an one finish) to all exposed material installed under this item except the fabric cone, obstructio-a light globe, and lamp -eflectors. The wind cone assembly, if painted on receipt, shall ne given one finish coat of paint in lieu of the three chats specified above. The paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Vpecification TT-P-59. The color shall be in accordance with federal Standard 595, Aviation Gloss Orange Number 12197. 107-3.7 LAMPS. The contractor shall furnish and install four 200- watt, 115-volt general lighting service lamps in the reflectors t for the 12-foot cone or four 150-watt, 11S-volt lamps for the 8-foot cone. A clear 100-watt, 107-watt, or 116-watt, 115-volt traffic signal lamp with a medium screw base, or a 100-watt, A-21 bulb, 115-volt, medium prefocus base lamp shall be furnished and installed ' in the obstruction light as required. t ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES 107-1.8 CHAIN AND PADLOCK. The contractor shall furnish and nsta a suitable operating chain for lowering and raising the hinged top section. The chain shall be attached to the pole support in a manner to prevent the light fixture assembly from striking the ground in the lowered pos;tion. A padlock shall also be furnished by the contractor on the 8-foot wind cone for securing the hinged top section to the fixed lower section. Keys for the padlock shall be delivered to the engineer. Method of Measurement 107-4.1 The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the number of wind cones installed is completed units in place, ac- cepted, and ready for operation. ' Basis of Payment 107-5.1 Payment will be made at the contrast unit price for WE' etc completed and accepted job This price shall be full compen- sation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, ' equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L-107-S.1 (a) 12-Foot Wind Cone, in Place--per unit. ' Federal Specifications Referencpc' bin- !cc,n L-107 ' Number Title 3-C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed ' Installation), .~gs'tl.. w t rf i>... C1o df fl ~K r;y. n .it k.a c'r. a w ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES TT-D-651 Drier; Paint, Liquid. TT-L-215 Linseed Oil, Raw, (for Use in Organic Coatings). ' TT-P-59 Pant: Ready-Mixed, Inter.tational Orange. TT-P-641 Primer, Paint; Zinc Dust-Zinc Oxide. TT-P-102 Paint, Oil: Titanium-Lead-Zinc and Oil, Ready-Mixed, White and Light Tints. TT-R-191 Red Load, Dry and Paste In Oil. TT-T-801 Turpentine; Gum Spirits, Steam Distilled, Sulphate Wood, and Destructively Distilled. W-P-115 Fanel, Power Distribution. ' WW-G•S81 C^nduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple Ele0trical Conduit: Zinc-Coated. ' Fed. Std. S9S Colors. Military Specifications Referenced in Item L-107 Number Title MIL-I-7854 Indicator Assemblies, Wind Cone, Unlighted and Externally Lighted. FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L-107 ' Number Title AC 1S0/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. AC 150/5345-14 Specification for L-827 "Al Frame Hinged ' Support for 12-Foot Kind Cone. AC 1SO/5345.27 Specification for L-807 Eight-Foot Illuminated Wind Cone. nY"~H ~~l •Ygl .nL °'-'Y",6 wT':l ~L lA - y,9 ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS 1 Description 108-11 This item shall consist of underground cable furnished and installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the design, dimensions, and,detalls shown in the plans. This item shall include the excavaflon and backfill 4~cpoise of the trench and the installl tion of able and count wire in trench, duct or conduit. It shall include spplliicingg, cable marking, and testing of the Installation and all incidentals nec- essary to place the cable in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the engineer. This item shall not include the installation of the duct or conduit. ' Equipment and Materials 108-2.1 GENERAL. (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior appro-oal of the Federal Avi- ation'Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D. C. 205919 and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/S34S-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other ref- trenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the engineer. r 108-2.2 CABLE. Underground cable shall confrrm to the requirements o pee cation for L-824, Underground Electrical Cables for Air- port Lighting Circuits. The following types are covered in Spec- ification L-824: (a) Type A--Single and multiple conductor cable with 600-volt ' performance type insulation with an overall neoprene jacket. (b) e B--Single and multiple conductor cable with 3,000-or 5,000-volt ~zone Resistant" insulation witb an overall neoprene jacket. ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR A►RPORTS All cable for airport lighting service shall be stranded viz: 600-volt-- 7-strand; 3,000- and 5,000-volt--19 strand. For power cable, conductor size shall not be smaller than No. 8 AWG. Control cable, conductor size shall be not less than No. 12 AWG. These limits on conductor sixes shall not apply to leads fur- nished by manufacturers on transformers and fixturts. If telephone control cable is specified, copper shielded,,poly- ethylene insulated and jacketed, No. 19 AWG telephone cable conforming to the 1131ted States Department of Agriculture, Rural Electrification Administration tiREA) Bulletin 34S-14, REA Spec- ification for fully Color-Coded, Polyethylene Insulated, Double Polyethylene-Jacketed Telephone Cables for Direct Burial, shall be used. "ere counterpoise conductors are to be installed and where soil conditions would adversely affect bare copper wire, thermoplastic wire conforming to Federal Specificztion J-C-30, Type TW, 600- volt, may be used. Cable type,, size, number of conductors, strand and service voltige shall be specified in the plans and/or proposal. ' 108-2.3 BARE COPPER WIRE (Coon` terpoiso . Bare copper wire for counterpoise instaat ons shall be stranded wire conforming to ASTM Specifications B3 and B8. 108-2.4 CABLE CONNECTIONS. In-line connections of underground primary ca es shall u o the type callod for in the plans or ' in the proposal, and shall bo one of the types listed below. When the plans or the proposal permit a choice of connection, the contractor shall indicate in the bid the type of connection he proposes to furnish. _Ca The Cast Splice. A cast splice, employing n plastic mold and using epoxy ves n equal to that manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, "Scotchcast" n t,No. 82--A, or as mat.ufactured by Hysol Corporation, "Hyseal Epoxy Splice" Kit No. 1135, for potting the splice is approved. This means of splicing +.s the only type approved for telephone control cable. i 1 r IL ITEM L-108 INSTALLAION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR RPORTS ' (b) The Vulcanized 5 lice. A vulcanized splice employing Joy Manufacturiig omnany s u can zing Kit No. X-1604-8 or equal is approved for field vulcanized splices. The proper molds for various cable sizes shall be used, (c) The Field attached Plu -in S lice. Figure 14 of Spec- ification or L-823 F lug an eceptac e, able Connectors, em- ploying connector kits, is approved for field attachment to single conductor cable. (d) The Factor -molded Plu -in-S lice. Specification for L-823 Connectors, actory-.o a to n iv ual Conductors, are approved. (e) The Ta ed SpPl..ice. Taped splices employing field-applied rubber, or sync etic rr-ubber tape covered with plastic tape are approved. The rubber tape should meet the requirements of Military ' Specification MIL-1-3825 and the plastic tape should comply with Mil. Spec. Mil-1-7798 or Fed. Spec. H11-1-595. In all the above cases, connections of cable conductors shall be made using crimp t connectors utilizing a crimping tool drsigned to make a complete :crimp before the tool can be removed. No. 19 AWG telephone control wires may be connected by means of wrapped and soldered splice, 3M Company Moisture Proof UR Type Connector, or equal, or by a method approved by the engineer. 1pec2ficationRIiem P-610,"StructurallPortlandSCement Concreteto Sifi- Construction Methods 108-3,1 GENERAL, The contractor shall install the specified ca a at the approximate locations indicated in the airport lighting layout plans. The engineer shall indicate specific locations. Cable connections between lights will be permitted only at the light the locations for connecting the underground cable to The contractor leads of the individual insulating transformers. shall be responsible for providing cable in continue',ss lengths for e home runs or other long cable runs without connections, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the engineer or shown in the plans. . ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE B FOR AIRPORTS 108-362 -INSTILLATION IN DUCT OR CONDUIT. This item includes the nsta at on (if the cable induct or conduit as described below. The maximum number and voltage ratings of cables installed in each single duct or conduit, and the current-carrying capacity of each cable shall be in accordance with the latest National Electric Code, or the code of the local agency having jurisdiction. The contractor shall make no connections or joints of any kind in cables installed in conduits or ducts. ' The duct or conduit shall be installe3 as a separate item in accordance with Item L-110, "Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct." The rontracter shall make sure that the duct is open, continuous, mid clear of debris before installing cable. The cable shall be installed in a manner to prevent harmful stretching of the conductor, injury to the insulation, or damage to the outer protective covering. The ends of all cables shall ' be sealed with moisture-seal tape before pulling into the conduit and it shall be left sealed until connections are made.. Where more than one cable is to be installed in a duct under the same contract, all cable shall be ppulled in the duct at the same time. The pulling of a cable through ducts or conduits may be accom- plished by handwinch or power winch with the use of cable grips ' or pulling eyes. Pulling tensions should be governed by rec- ommended standard practices for straight pulls or bends. A lubricant recommended for the type of cable being installed shall be used where pulling lubricant is required, Duct or conduit ' markers temporarily removed for excavations shall be replaced as required. 108-3.7, TRENCHING. Where turf is well established and the sod can be remove t shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for cables may be excavated manually or with mechanical ' trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially ver- tical so that a minimlim of shoulder surface is disturbed. Road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench with t.4,4r blades. The bottom surface of trenches shall be essentially smoox and free from .:oarse aggregate. Unless otherwise SV C- ified, cable trenches shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 18 t inches below finished grade, except as follows: (a) When off the airport or crossing under a roadway or driveway, the minimum depth shall be 36 inches unless otherwise specified.